title: Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 901/2014 of 18 July 2014 implementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles  Text with EEA relevance

text:
                  22.8.2014

                  EN

                  Official Journal of the European Union

                  L 249/1

         COMMISSION IMPLEMENTING REGULATION (EU) No 901/2014
         of 18 July 2014
         implementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the administrative requirements for the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles
         (Text with EEA relevance)
         THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,
         Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
         Having regard to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 January 2013 on the approval and market surveillance of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (1), and in particular Articles 22(7), 27(4), 29(4), 30(2), 30(3), 30(6), 32(1), 38(2), 39(3), 40(4), 50(2), 51(3), 57(8) and Article 72 thereof,
         Whereas:

                     (1)

                     In the interest of clarity, predictability, rationality and simplification and in order to reduce the burden on vehicle manufacturers, this Regulation should, being based on existing practice, further simplify and standardise the documents used for type-approval procedures.

                     (2)

                     New technologies have been introduced in vehicles (e.g. electric engines or the application of Euro emission levels) since the templates used for type-approval procedures were drawn up in Directive 2002/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (2). The templates should be adapted as a result.

                     (3)

                     To indicate which procedure has been chosen by the manufacturer when applying for type-approval, a new template for an ‘information folder sheet’ should be introduced.

                     (4)

                     To ensure that vehicles are constructed so as to remain safe throughout a reasonable period of time, templates should be created for manufacturer’s statements regarding the endurance of functional safety-critical systems, parts and equipment, and vehicle structure integrity, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     (5)

                     In order to ensure reasonable access for independent operators to vehicle repair information, including information relating to on-board diagnostic systems and their interaction with other vehicle systems, manufacturers shall provide unrestricted access to that information and submit proof of their compliance with that requirement to the approval authorities. A template for a corresponding manufacturer’s certificate should be laid down.

                     (6)

                     Three models of a certificate of conformity should be made available, corresponding to the type-approval procedures for complete, completed and incomplete vehicles.

                     (7)

                     To facilitate the conversion of the performance level of subcategories (L3e/L4e)-A2 to (L3e/L4e)-A3 and vice versa, a template for a corresponding manufacturer's statement to be attached to the information folder should be provided for. In addition, some new information and entries in the certificate of conformity should be added and the characteristics of a specific statutory plate for the subcategories concerned should be determined.

                     (8)

                     In accordance with Article 82(2) of Regulation 168/2013 manufacturers may request EU type-approval or national type-approval for new vehicle types under that Regulation already before the application day. In order to facilitate the early application of that Regulation, it should be allowed to use the template of the certificate of conformity set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC until 31 December 2015 under the conditions set out in Article 5(2).

                     (9)

                     In order to simplify controls while reducing the administrative burden on manufacturers, the anti-tampering control plate should no longer be required and the relevant information it contained should be included on the statutory plate.

                     (10)

                     In order to simplify the most common EU type-approval certificate, a new model should be developed exclusively for EU whole-vehicle type-approval of a complete vehicle type, while for the other combinations of vehicle types; a different model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate should be established.

                     (11)

                     Where the manufacturer chooses the single-step type-approval procedure, a list of applicable requirements or acts with which the type of vehicle complies should be appended to the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate.
                     A template for an EU type-approval certificate should be established with regard to harmonise the different templates previously provided for in the separate Union directives for systems and components or separate technical units.

                     (12)

                     The numbering system of the EU type-approval certificates provided for under Annex V to Directive 2002/24/EC should be modified to reflect the new legal structure of the acts containing the type approval requirements with which conformity is certified.

                     (13)

                     To harmonise the presentation of the most relevant information in test reports, a minimum set of requirements for the format of the test reports should be established.

                     (14)

                     To easily identify the results of the tests carried out on the type-approved vehicle, a test result sheet containing a required minimum set of information should be appended to the EU type-approval certificate.

                     (15)

                     The list of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance should be established.

                     (16)

                     The template for a certificate authorising the placing on the market of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance should be established, together with a certificate numbering system.

                     (17)

                     The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee referred to in Article 73(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013,

               HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

            Article 1
            Subject matter
            This Regulation provides for the implementing measures referred to in Article 72 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 to establish uniform conditions for the implementation of the administrative requirements for the approval of new two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles, as well as systems, components and separate technical units designed and constructed for such vehicles. It also establishes the administrative requirements for placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems.

            Article 2
            Templates for the information document and for the information folder
            Manufacturers applying for EU type-approval shall provide the information document and the information folder referred to in Article 27(1) and Article 27(2)(a) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 on the basis of the templates set out in Annex I to this Regulation.

            Article 3
            Templates for the manufacturer’s statements on endurance testing and vehicle structure integrity
            Manufacturers applying for EU type-approval shall provide statements on endurance of functional safety-critical systems, parts and equipment referred to in Article 22(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and on vehicle structure integrity as referred to in Annex XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 (3) to that Regulation on the basis of the templates set out in Annex II to this Regulation.

            Article 4
            Templates for the manufacturer’s certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information
            Manufacturers applying for EU type-approval shall provide the approval authority with a certificate on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in accordance with Article 57(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 on the basis of the templates set out in Annex III to this Regulation.

            Article 5
            Templates for the certificates of conformity

               1.   Manufacturers shall issue the certificate of conformity referred to in Article 38(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 in accordance with the templates set out in Annex IV to this Regulation.

               2.   In accordance with Article 82(2) of Regulation (EU) 168/2013 allowing manufacturers to request type-approvals already under that Regulation as from the entry into force of this Implementing Regulation until 31 December 2015, manufacturers may use for vehicles of such newly approved types, alternatively to the template for the Certificate of Conformity laid down in Appendix 1 of Annex IV, the template for the Certificate of Conformity set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC which must include in its entries No 04 ‘Vehicle category’ and No 50 ‘Remarks:’ the information and entries laid down in Appendix 2 of Annex IV.

            Article 6
            Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark
            Manufacturers shall issue the statutory plate and the EU type-approval mark referred to in Article 39(1) and (2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 in accordance with the models set out in Annex V to this Regulation.

            Article 7
            Templates for the EU type-approval certificate
            Approval authorities shall issue the EU type-approval certificates referred to in Article 30(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 on the basis of the templates set out in Annex VI to this Regulation.

            Article 8
            Numbering system of the EU type-approval certificate
            Pursuant to Article 29(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the harmonised system set out in Annex VII to this Regulation.

            Article 9
            Template for the test results sheet
            Approval authorities shall issue the test results sheet referred to in Article 30(3) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 on the basis of the template set out in Annex VIII to this Regulation.

            Article 10
            Format of test reports
            The format of the test reports referred to in Article 32(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 shall comply with the general requirements set out in Annex VIII to this Regulation.

            Article 11
            List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
            The list of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 50(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 is set out in Annex X to this Regulation.

            Article 12
            Template and numbering system for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems
            Approval authorities shall issue the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance referred to in Article 51(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 on the basis of the template and in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex IX to this Regulation.

            Article 13
            Entry into force and application
            This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
            It shall apply from 1 January 2016.

            This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States.
            Done at Brussels, 18 July 2014.

                  For the Commission

                  The President

               José Manuel BARROSO

            (1)  OJ L 60, 2.3.2013, p. 52.

            (2)  Directive 2002/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 March 2002 relating to the type-approval of two or three-wheel motor vehicles and repealing Council Directive 92/61/EEC (OJ L 124, 9.5.2002, p. 1).

            (3)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (OJ L 7, 10.1.2014, p. 1)

            LIST OF ANNEXES

                        Annex Number

                        Annex Title

                        Page

                        I

                        Templates for the information document and information folder

                        6

                        II

                        Templates for the manufacturer’s statements on endurance testing and vehicle structure integrity

                        128

                        III

                        Templates for the manufacturer’s certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information

                        130

                        IV

                        Templates for the certificates of conformity

                        134

                        V

                        Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

                        149

                        VI

                        Templates for the EU type-approval certificate

                        158

                        VII

                        Numbering system of the EU type-approval certificate

                        175

                        VIII

                        Format of test reports and template for the test results sheet

                        179

                        IX

                        Template and numbering system for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                        198

                        X

                        List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                        202

               ANNEX I

                  Templates for the information document and information folder

               LIST OF APPENDICES

                           Appendix Number

                           Appendix title

                           Page

                           1

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a tailpipe pollution-control system

                           59

                           2

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a crankcase and evaporative emissions system

                           62

                           3

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system

                           64

                           4

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a sound level system

                           68

                           5

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a propulsion unit performance system

                           70

                           6

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a pollution-control device as a STU

                           72

                           7

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a noise-abatement device as a STU

                           76

                           8

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an exhaust (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device) as a STU

                           78

                           9

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a braking system

                           82

                           10

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system

                           85

                           11

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) system

                           87

                           12

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of (or a type of a vehicle with regard to) an installation of tyres system

                           89

                           13

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an audible warning device as a component

                           92

                           14

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a non-glazing front windscreen as a component/STU

                           94

                           15

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a windscreen washer device as a component/STU

                           96

                           16

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a rearward visibility device as a component/STU

                           98

                           17

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of safety belts as a STU

                           100

                           18

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a seating position (saddle/seat) as a component/STU)

                           102

                           19

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a trailer coupling device as a STU

                           104

                           20

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of devices to prevent unauthorised use as a STU

                           106

                           21

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of passenger handholds as a STU

                           108

                           22

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of footrests as a STU

                           110

                           23

                           Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a side-car as a STU

                           111

                           24

                           Manufacturer’s declaration for vehicles capable of converting their performance level from subcategory (L3e/L4e)-A2 to (L3e/L4e)-A3 and vice-versa

                           120

                           25

                           Manufacturer’s declaration on powertrain tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering)

                           123

                     PART A

                  INFORMATION FOLDER

               1.   General requirements

                           1.1.

                           When applying for EU type-approval for a vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, the manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 27 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, an information folder which shall contain the following:

                                       1.1.1.

                                       a list of contents;

                                       1.1.2.

                                       the information on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the template for which is set out in point 2 (information folder sheet);

                                       1.1.3.

                                       the information document as set out in Part B of this Annex;

                                       1.1.4.

                                       all relevant data, drawings, photographs and other information as required in the information document;

                                       1.1.5.

                                       the manufacturer’s statement on endurance of functional safety-critical systems, parts and equipment as referred to in Article 22(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and set out in Annex II to this regulation;

                                       1.1.6.

                                       the manufacturer’s statement on vehicle structure integrity as referred to in Article 22(5) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and in point 1.1.of Annex XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 of 24 October 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to vehicle functional safety requirements for the approval of two- or three-wheel vehicles and quadricycles (1), as set out point 1.4. of Annex II to this regulation;

                                       1.1.7.

                                       the manufacturer’s certificate providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems and to vehicle repair and maintenance information as referred to in Article 57(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and set out in Annex III to this regulation;

                                       1.1.8.

                                       the manufacturer’s declaration of conversion of (L3e/L4e)-A2 to (L3e/L4e)-A3 motorcycle characteristics and vice versa as referred to in Article 25(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and in point 4.2.6. of Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 of 21 November 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to the vehicle construction and general requirements for the approval of two- or three- wheel vehicles and quadricycles (2), as set out in Appendix 24 of this Annex;

                                       1.1.9.

                                       the manufacturer’s declaration on powertrain tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering) as referred to in Article 20(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and in points 2.2., 2.6. and 5.2. of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation 44/2014 according to the models established in Appendix 25 of this Annex;

                                       1.1.10.

                                       any additional information requested by the approval authority as part of the approval procedure.

                           1.2.

                           Applications submitted on paper shall be in triplicate. Any drawings shall be to an appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4 sheets or in a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, shall show sufficient detail.

                           1.3.

                           If the systems, components or separate technical units have electronic controls, information concerning their performance shall be provided.

                     2.   Template of the information folder sheet

                              Information

                              on the type-approval procedure chosen in accordance with Article 25(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                              Information folder sheet

                           A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
                           The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                           Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
                           Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
                           Hereby applies for type-approval procedure(4):

                                       (a)

                                       step-by-step type-approval

                                       (b)

                                       single-step type-approval

                                       (c)

                                       mixed type-approval

                                 Where procedures (a) or (c) are chosen, compliance with requirements as under (b) is declared for all systems, components and separate technical units.
                           Multi-stage type-approval chosen in accordance with Article 25(5) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013: yes/no(4)

                              Information on the vehicle(s) to be filled in, if application is for EU whole-vehicle type-approval(3)
                              :

                                       0.1.

                                       Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                                       0.2.

                                       Type(17): …

                                                   0.2.1.

                                                   Variant(s)(17): …

                                                   0.2.2.

                                                   Version(s)(17): …

                                                   0.2.3.

                                                   Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                       0.3.

                                       Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              Information to be filled in, if application is for type-approval of a system/ component/separate technical unit(3)(4)
                              :

                                       0.7.

                                       Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                                       0.8.

                                       Type: …

                                                   0.8.1.

                                                   Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                       1.6.

                                       Virtual and/or self-testing(3)

                                                   1.6.1.

                                                   Overview list with virtual and/or self-tested systems, components or separate technical units pursuant to point 6 of Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 below:

                                                      Overview table virtual and/or self-testing

                                                               Delegated act

                                                               Annex

                                                               Subject

                                                               Virtual and/or self-tested: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (*1)

                                                               IX

                                                               Testing procedures on maximum design vehicle speed

                                                               Self-testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                                                               II

                                                               Audible warning devices

                                                               Self-testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                                                               VIII

                                                               Driver-operated controls including identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

                                                               Self-testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                                                               IX

                                                               Installation of lighting and light- signalling devices

                                                               Virtual testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                                                               X

                                                               Rearward visibility

                                                               Virtual testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                                                               XIV

                                                               Installation of tyres

                                                               Virtual testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014

                                                               XIV

                                                               Registration plate space

                                                               Self & Virtual testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014

                                                               XVI

                                                               Stands

                                                               Self-testing: yes/no(4)

                                                               This Commission Implementing Regulation

                                                               VIII

                                                               Statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

                                                               Self-testing: yes/no(4)

                                                   1.6.2.

                                                   Detailed report on validation of virtual and/or self-testing added: yes/no(4)

                                       Place: …

                                       Date: …

                                       Signature: …

                                       Name and position in the company: …

                     PART B

                  INFORMATION DOCUMENT

               1.   General requirements

               1.1.   The information document shall have a reference number supplied by the applicant.
               1.2.   Where the particulars appearing in the information document for vehicle approval have changed, the manufacturer shall submit revised pages to the approval authority showing clearly the nature of the change(s) and the date of re-issue.
               1.3.   Type-approval numbers

                           1.3.1.

                           The manufacturer shall supply the information required by the following table in respect of the applicable subjects for the vehicle in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. All relevant approvals and test reports (if available) for each subject shall be included. However, information in respect of systems, components or separate technical units need not be given here so long as such information is included in the correspondent approval certificate.

                              Type-approval number and test report overview

                                       Item number and subject

                                       Type-approval number or test report number (*4)

                                       Date of issue of the type-approval or of its extension or of the test report

                                       Member State or contracting party (*2) issuing the type- approval (*3) or technical service issuing the test report (*4)

                                       Reference to the regulatory act and its latest amendment

                                       Variant(s)/ version(s

                                          e.g.

                                          B1 audible warning devices

                                       Signed: …

                                       Position in company: …

                                       Date: …

                     2.   Content of the information document

               All information documents shall contain the following:
               2.1.   For a whole vehicle type-approval the manufacturer shall complete:

                           —

                           the matrix in point 2.3. to identify the versions and variants of the vehicle intended for type-approval;

                           —

                           a list of items applicable to the (sub-)category and to the technical characteristics of the vehicle from which content has been extracted, adhering to the numbering system of the total list set out in point 2.6.

                     2.2.   For a system, component or separate technical unit as listed in table 1 the manufacturer shall complete the applicable appendix to this Annex.
               In addition to the Annexes mentioned in table 1, the systems, components and separate technical units shall comply with the following requirements:

                           —

                           arrangements for type-approval procedures (Annex III of Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014)

                           —

                           conformity of production (CoP) (Annex IV of Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014)

                           —

                           access to repair and maintenance information (Annex XV of Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014)

                  Table 1

                  Lists of systems, components and separate technical units which may be subject to an EU type-approval

                              LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements

                           Appendix

                           System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex number

                           As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                           1

                           System: tailpipe pollution-control system

                           II, III, V, VI

                           2

                           System: crankcase and evaporative emissions

                           IV, V

                           3

                           System: environmental and functional on-board diagnostic (OBD)

                           VIII
                           (and Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014)

                           4

                           System: sound level

                           IX

                           5

                           System: propulsion unit performance

                           X

                           6

                           STU: pollution-control device

                           II, III, IV, V, VI

                           7

                           STU: noise-abatement device

                           IX

                           8

                           STU: exhaust device (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device)

                           II, III, V, VI, IX

                              LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements

                           Appendix

                           System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex number

                           As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                           9

                           System: braking

                           III

                           10

                           System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices

                           IX

                           11

                           System: Roll-over protective structure (ROPS)

                           XI

                           12

                           System: installation of tyres

                           XV

                           13

                           Component: audible warning device

                           II

                           14

                           Component/STU: non-glazing front windscreen

                           VII

                           15

                           Component/STU: windscreen washer device

                           VII

                           16

                           Component/STU: rearward visibility device

                           X

                           17

                           STU: safety belts

                           XII

                           18

                           Component/STU: seating position (saddle/seat)

                           XIII

                              LIST III — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements

                           Appendix

                           System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex number

                           As amended by and/or at the stage of implementation

                           19

                           STU: trailer coupling device

                           V

                           20

                           STU: devices to prevent unauthorised use

                           VI

                           21

                           STU: passenger handholds

                           XIII

                           22

                           STU: footrests

                           XIII

                           23

                           STU: side-car

                           VIII, XI, XIII;
                           (and Annexes III, V, VII, IX, X, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVII and XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014)

                     2.3.   Matrix showing the combinations of the entries listed in point 2.6. within the versions and variants of the vehicle type

                  Variants and version matrix

                           Item No

                           All

                           Version 1

                           Version 2

                           Version 3

                           Version n

                           2.3.1.

                           A separate matrix shall be compiled for each variant within the type.

                           2.3.2.

                           Entries with no restrictions on their combination within a variant shall be listed in the column headed ‘All’.

                           2.3.3.

                           The above information may be presented in an alternative format or merged with the information supplied under point 2.6.

                     2.4.   Type-, variant- and version designations
               2.4.1.   The manufacturer shall allocate an alphanumeric code to each vehicle type, variant and version, made up of Roman letters and/or Arabic numerals, which shall also be indicated in the certificate of conformity (see Annex IV) of the vehicle concerned.
               The use of brackets and hyphens is permitted provided they do not replace a letter or a numeral.
               2.4.2.   The whole code shall be designated: Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’.
               2.4.3.   The TVV shall clearly and unequivocally identify a unique combination of technical features in relation to the criteria defined in Part B of this Annex.
               2.4.4.   The same manufacturer may use the same code in order to define a vehicle type when the latter falls in two or more categories.
               2.4.5.   The same manufacturer shall not use the same code in order to define a vehicle type for more than one type-approval within the same vehicle category.
               2.4.6.   Number of characters for the TVV

                           2.4.6.1.

                           The number of characters shall not exceed:

                                       a.

                                       15 for the code of the vehicle type;

                                       b.

                                       25 for the code of one variant;

                                       c.

                                       35 for the code of one version.

                           2.4.6.2.

                           The complete alphanumeric ‘TVV’ shall not contain more than 75 characters.

                           2.4.6.3.

                           When the TVV is used as a whole, a space shall be left between the type, the variant and the version.
                           Example of such TVV: 159AF[… space]0054[… space]977K(BE).

                     2.5.   For those subjects referred to in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 whose approvals have been granted in accordance with the UNECE regulations referred to in Article 54 of Regulation (EU) 168/2013 (UNECE approvals), the manufacturer shall supply the information required in point 2.7. only if it is not already provided in the correspondent approval certificate and/or test report. However, the information referred to in the certificate of conformity (Annex IV) shall be supplied in any case.
               2.6.   The manufacturer shall complete the applicable item numbers of the template set out in point 2.8. and submit this filled-out list to the approval authority that grants the type-approval, split into two separate documents. The applicable items marked with * shall remain with the approval authority that grants the type-approval and all other applicable items shall make part of the information folder. The Colum ‘(Sub) categories’ indicates to which sub-categories applies each particular entry (e.g. ‘L1e - L7e’ means that the entry applies to all categories and subcategories).
               2.7.   The following type of data entries may be omitted in the information document under the condition that an appropriate technical drawing either as a paper document or a pdf-file is added to the information folder and on which these listed items are shown in a clear and readable way:

                           2.7.1.

                           Make (with the exemption of Item No 0.1);

                           2.7.2.

                           Type (with the exemption of Item No 0.2);

                           2.7.3.

                           Location / where;

                           2.7.4.

                           Working principle (with the exemption of Item No 3.2.1.2);

                           2.7.5.

                           Characteristics;

                           2.7.6.

                           Number of (with the exemption of Items No 1.3., 3.2.1.1. and 6.16.1.);

                           2.7.7.

                           Identification / part number;

                           2.7.8.

                           (Brief) / (Technical) description;

                           2.7.9.

                           Design;

                           2.7.10.

                           Schematic drawing / diagram;

                           2.7.11.

                           (Construction) materials used;

                           2.7.12.

                           Angles / inclination and other dimensions (height, length, width, distance) (with the exemption of Items No 2.2.1., 2.2.2., 2.2.3., 2.2.17., 7.6.1. and 7.6.2.);

                           2.7.13.

                           Tolerance;

                           2.7.14.

                           Reference mark;

                           2.7.15.

                           Size (with the exemption of point 6.18.1.1.1., 6.18.1.1.2. and 6.18.1.1.3.);

                           2.7.16.

                           Configuration;

                     2.8.   INFORMATION DOCUMENT DATA ENTRIES

                           Item No.

                           (Sub) categories

                           Detailed information

                           0.

                              GENERAL INFORMATION

                           A.

                              General information concerning vehicles

                           0.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Make (trade name of manufacturer): …

                           0.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17)
                              : …

                           0.2.1

                           L1e — L7e

                           Variant(s)(17): …

                           0.2.2

                           L1e — L7e

                           Version(s)(17): …

                           0.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                           0.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2)
                              : …

                           0.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                           0.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                           0.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                           0.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Manufacturer’s statutory plate(s): …

                           0.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate(15)(18): …

                           0.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of attachment: …

                           0.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate (completed example with dimensions): …

                           0.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location of the vehicle identification number(15)
                              : …

                           0.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the vehicle identification number (completed example with dimensions): …

                           0.6.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The serial number of the type begins with: …

                           B.

                              General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                           0.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                           0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type: …

                           0.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                           0.8.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                           0.8.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                           0.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                           0.9.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                           0.9.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                           0.10.

                              Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                              : …

                           0.10.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type(17): …

                           0.10.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Variant(17): …

                           0.10.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Version(17): …

                           0.10.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                           0.10.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                           0.11.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                              : …

                           0.11.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of attachment: …

                           0.11.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                           C.

                              General information regarding conformity of production and access to repair and maintenance information

                           0.12.

                              Conformity of production

                           0.12.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                           0.13.

                              Access to repair and maintenance information

                           0.13.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information: …

                           0.13.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           In the case of multi-stage type-approval, address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information from manufacturer(s) at previous stage(s):

                           1.

                              GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                           1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: …

                           1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Scale drawing of the whole vehicle: …

                           1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of axles and wheels: …

                           1.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Axles with twinned wheels(23): …

                           1.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Powered axles(23): …

                           1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): …

                           1.5.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e-A2, L7e-B2, L7e-C

                           Material used for the bodywork:

                           1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Position and arrangement of the propulsion(s): …

                           1.7.

                           L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e-A2, L7e-B2, L7e-C

                           Hand of drive: left/right/centre(4): …

                           1.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left-hand traffic and in countries that use metric/metric and imperial units.(4): …

                           1.8.

                              Propulsion unit performance

                           1.8.1.

                           L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                           Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                           1.8.2.

                           L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                           Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                           1.8.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                           1.8.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                           1.8.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                           1.8.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min-1

                           1.8.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                           1.8.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                           1.8.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                           2.

                              MASSES AND DIMENSIONS

                           (in kg and mm.) refer to drawings where applicable

                           2.1

                              Range of vehicle mass (overall)

                           2.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass in running order: … kg

                           2.1.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Distribution of mass in running order between the axles: … kg

                           2.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Actual mass: … kg

                           2.1.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Distribution of actual mass between the axles: … kg

                           2.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg

                           2.1.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum mass on front axle: … kg

                           2.1.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum mass on rear axle: … kg

                           2.1.3.3.

                           L4e

                           Technically permissible maximum mass on sidecar axle: … kg

                           2.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum hill-starting ability at the maximum technically permissible mass declared by the manufacturer: … % slope

                           2.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum pay mass declared by manufacturer: … kg

                           2.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Safe load carrying capacity of load platform declared by manufacturer: … kg

                           2.1.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of (4): Braked: … kg Unbraked: … kg

                           2.1.7.1

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination: … kg

                           2.1.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point: … kg

                           2.1.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass of the optional equipment: … kg

                           2.1.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass of the superstructure: … kg

                           2.1.10.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass of the propulsion battery: … kg

                           2.1.11.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Mass of the doors: … kg

                           2.1.12.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-CU

                           Mass of the machines or equipment installed on the load platform area: … kg

                           2.1.13.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass of the gaseous fuel system as well as storage tanks for gaseous fuel: … kg

                           2.1.14.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass of the storage tanks to store compressed air: … kg

                           2.2.

                              Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

                           2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Length: … mm

                           2.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Width: … mm

                           2.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Height: … mm

                           2.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Wheelbase: … mm

                           2.2.4.1.

                           L4e

                           Wheelbase sidecar(28): … mm

                           2.2.5.

                           Track width

                           2.2.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e if equipped with twinned wheels
                           L2e, L4e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Track width front: … mm.

                           2.2.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e if equipped with twinned wheels

                           Track width rear: … mm.

                           2.2.5.3.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Track width sidecar: … mm.

                           2.2.6.

                           L7e-B

                           Front overhang: … mm.

                           2.2.7.

                           L7e-B

                           Rear overhang: … mm.

                           2.2.8.

                           Load platform dimensions

                           2.2.8.1.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Length of the load platform: … mm

                           2.2.8.2.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Width of load platform: … mm

                           2.2.8.3.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Height of load platform: … mm

                           2.2.9.

                           Centre of gravity

                           2.2.9.1.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Location of the centre of gravity forward of the rear axle Lcg: … mm.

                           2.2.9.2.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Location of the centre of gravity above the ground plane Hcg: … mm.

                           2.2.9.3.

                           L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-B2, L7e-CU

                           Location centre of gravity of loaded platform forward of the rear axle LcgLP: … mm.

                           2.2.10.

                           Miscellaneous dimensions

                           2.2.10.1.

                           L7e-B2

                           Approach angle(11): … degrees.

                           2.2.10.2.

                           L7e-B2

                           Departure angle(11): … degrees.

                           2.2.10.3.

                           L7e-B2

                           Ramp angle(11): … degrees.

                           2.2.10.4.

                           L7e-B2

                           Ground clearance under the front axle(11): … mm.

                           2.2.10.5.

                           L7e-B2

                           Ground clearance under the rear axle(11): … mm.

                           2.2.10.6.

                           L3e-AxE (x=1, 2 or 3), L3e-AxT (x=1, 2 or 3)
                           L7e-B

                           Ground clearance between the axles(11): … mm.

                           2.2.10.7.

                           L7e-B

                           Wheelbase to ground clearance ratio … [no unit]

                           2.2.10.8.

                           L7e-B2

                           Static stability coefficient — Kst: … [no unit]

                           2.2.10.9.

                           L3e-AxE, L3e-AxT

                           Seat height: … mm

                           2.2.10.10.

                           L3e-AxE, L3e-AxT

                           Ground clearance: … mm

                           3.

                              GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

                           3.1

                              Manufacturer of the propulsion unit

                           3.1.1.

                              Combustion engine

                           3.1.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Manufacturer: …

                           3.1.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Engine code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …

                           3.1.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel identification marking (if available): …

                           3.1.2.

                              Electric motor

                           3.1.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Manufacturer: …

                           3.1.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electric motor code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …

                           3.1.3.

                              Hybrid application

                           3.1.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Manufacturer: …

                           3.1.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Application code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification): …

                           3.1.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel identification marking (if available): …

                           3.1.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the code(s) and/or type-approval numbers (completed example with dimensions)(20): …

                           3.2.

                              Combustion engine

                           3.2.1.

                              Specific engine information

                           3.2.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of combustion engines: …

                           3.2.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: internal combustion engine (ICE)/positive ignition/compression ignition /external combustion engine (ECE)/turbine/compressed air(4): …

                           3.2.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Cycle: four-stroke/two-stroke/rotary/other(4): …

                           3.2.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Cylinders

                           3.2.1.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number: …

                           3.2.1.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Arrangement(26): …

                           3.2.1.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Bore(12): … mm

                           3.2.1.4.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Stroke(12): … mm

                           3.2.1.4.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number and configuration of stators in the case of rotary-piston engine: …

                           3.2.1.4.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Volume of combustion chambers in the case of rotary-piston engine: … cm3

                           3.2.1.4.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Firing order: …

                           3.2.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Engine capacity(6): … cm3

                           3.2.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Volumetric compression ratio(7): …

                           3.2.1.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of inlet and exhaust valves

                           * 3.2.1.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number and minimum cross-sectional areas of inlet and outlet ports: …

                           * 3.2.1.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Valve timing or equivalent data: …

                           * 3.2.1.7.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum lift of valves, angles of opening and closing, or timing details of alternative distribution systems, in relation to dead centres. For variable timing system, minimum and maximum timing: …

                           * 3.2.1.7.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Reference and/or setting ranges(4): …

                           3.2.1.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawings of combustion chamber, cylinder head, piston, piston rings: …

                           3.2.1.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Normal warm engine idling speed: … min-1

                           3.2.1.10.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Stop-start system: yes/no(4)

                           * 3.2.2.

                              Powertrain/propulsion/drive-train management system

                           3.2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           PCUs/ECUs(4) software identification number(s): … and calibration verification number(s): …

                           3.2.3.

                              Fuel

                           3.2.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel type: (9)

                           3.2.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Vehicle fuel configuration: mono-fuel/bi- fuel/flex fuel(4)

                           3.2.3.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum amount of bio-fuel acceptable in fuel: … % by volume

                           3.2.4.

                              Fuel pressure delivery and control

                           3.2.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of low-and/or high-pressure fuelling wet system(s)(4): …

                           3.2.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Low- and/or high-pressure fuel pump(s): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel pump control: mechanical/on/off electric/continuous operation/electronically controlled variable operation(4): …

                           3.2.4.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           For CI combustion engines and dual fuel engines only maximum fuel delivery (4)(7): … g/s or mm3/stroke or cycle at an engine speed of:…min-1 or, alternatively, a characteristic diagram: …
                           (When boost control is supplied, state the characteristic fuel delivery and boost pressure versus engine speed)

                           3.2.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Common rail: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.4.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel distributor/rail/hoses(4): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.4.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel pressure and/or fuel flow regulator(s): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.

                              Fuel mass metering and control

                           3.2.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           By carburettor(s): yes/no(4)

                           * 3.2.5.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operating principle and construction: …

                           * 3.2.5.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum fuel-flow rate: … g/s at maximum power and torque: …

                           3.2.5.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor(s) settings(7): …

                           * 3.2.5.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor diffusers: …

                           * 3.2.5.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor fuel-level in float chamber: …

                           * 3.2.5.1.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor mass of float: …

                           3.2.5.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor cold-starting system: manual/automatic(4): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.1.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Carburettor cold-starting system operating principle(s): …

                           3.2.5.1.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mixture scavenging port: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.1.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mixture scavenging port dimensions: …

                           3.2.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           By mechanically/hydraulically controlled fuel injection(4): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operation principle: …

                           3.2.5.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mechanical/electronic(4) adjustment of maximum fuel mass delivery: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           By electronically controlled fuel injection system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operation principle: port injection/direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber(4): …

                           3.2.5.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel injector(s): single-/multi-point/direct injection/other (specify) (4): …

                           3.2.5.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Total and per cylinder amount of fuel injectors: …

                           3.2.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Air-assisted fuel injector: yes/no(4): …

                           3.2.5.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and operating pressure of air-assist: …

                           3.2.5.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Cold start system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of cold start system: …

                           3.2.5.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Auxiliary starting aid: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.5.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           CI injection specific: yes/no

                           3.2.5.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Static injection timing(7): …

                           3.2.5.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injection advance curve(7): …

                           3.2.6.

                              Gaseous fuelling system and control

                           3.2.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of gaseous fuelling system(s): …

                           3.2.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) fuelling system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number according to UNECE Regulation No 67 (3): …

                           3.2.6.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electronic engine management control unit for LPG fuelling: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …

                           3.2.6.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Further documentation: …

                           * 3.2.6.2.3.1

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to LPG or back: …

                           3.2.6.2.3.2

                           L1e — L7e

                           System layout (electrical connections, vacuum connections, compensation hoses, etc.): …

                           3.2.6.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the symbol: …

                           3.2.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Natural gas (NG) fuelling system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number according to UNECE Regulation No 110 (4): …

                           3.2.6.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electronic engine management-control unit for NG fuelling: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.3.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Emission-related adjustment possibilities: …

                           3.2.6.3.3..

                           L1e — L7e

                           Further documentation: …

                           * 3.2.6.3.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to NG or back: …

                           3.2.6.3.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           System layout (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation hoses, etc.): …

                           3.2.6.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the symbol: …

                           3.2.6.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Gaseous fuel: LPG/NG-H/NG-L/NG-HL(4): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Pressure regulator(s) or vaporiser/pressure regulator(s)(4)

                           * 3.2.6.4.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of pressure reduction stages: …

                           3.2.6.4.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Pressure in final stage, minimum: … kPa — maximum: … kPa

                           3.2.6.4.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of main adjustment points: …

                           3.2.6.4.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of idle adjustment points: …

                           3.2.6.4.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuelling system: mixing unit/gas injection/liquid injection/direct injection(4)

                           * 3.2.6.4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mixture strength regulation: …

                           3.2.6.4.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           System description and/or diagram and drawings: …

                           3.2.6.4.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mixing unit: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number: …

                           3.2.6.4.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location: …

                           3.2.6.4.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Adjustment possibilities: …

                           3.2.6.4.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Inlet manifold injection: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injection: single-point/multi-point(4)

                           3.2.6.4.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injection: continuous/simultaneously timed/sequentially timed(4)

                           3.2.6.4.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injection equipment: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Adjustment possibilities: …

                           3.2.6.4.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Supply pump: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injector(s): …

                           3.2.6.4.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Direct/port injection: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Injection pump/pressure regulator: yes/no (4)

                           3.2.6.4.9.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type-approval number: …

                           3.2.6.4.10.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Separate electronic control unit (ECU) for gaseous fuelling system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.4.10.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Adjustment possibilities: …

                           3.2.6.4.10.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Software identification number(s): …

                           3.2.6.4.10.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Calibration verification number(s): …

                           3.2.6.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           NG fuel-specific equipment: …

                           3.2.6.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Variant 1 (only in the case of approvals of engines for several specific fuel compositions): …

                           3.2.6.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel composition:

                                    Overview

                                             methane (CH4):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             ethane (C2H6):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             propane (C3H8):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             butane (C4H10):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             C5/C5+:

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             oxygen (O2):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                                             inert (N2, He, etc.):

                                             basis: …%mole

                                             min. …%mole

                                             max. …%mole

                           3.2.6.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Gaseous fuel injector(s): …

                           3.2.6.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Variant 2 (only in the case of approvals for several specific fuel compositions): …

                           3.2.6.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Hydrogen fuel-specific equipment: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           EC type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council (5): …

                           * 3.2.6.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Further documentation

                           3.2.6.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           System layout (electrical connections, vacuum connections, compensation hoses, etc.): …

                           * 3.2.6.6.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to hydrogen/H2NG(4) or back: …

                           3.2.6.6.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the symbol: …

                           3.2.6.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           H2NG fuelling system: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.6.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Percentage of hydrogen in the fuel (the maximum specified by the manufacturer): …

                           3.2.7.

                              Air-induction system

                           3.2.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of gaseous intake air-flow and induction system: …

                           3.2.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Intake manifold description and working principle (e.g. fixed length/variable length/swirl valves)(4) (include detailed drawings and/or photos): …

                           * 3.2.7.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and drawings of inlet pipes and their accessories (plenum chamber, heating device with control strategy, additional air intakes, etc.): …

                           3.2.7.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Intake air pressure charger: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.7.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the intake air-pressure charger system: …

                           3.2.7.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working and control principles: …

                           3.2.7.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type(s) (turbo or supercharger, other)(4): …

                           3.2.7.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum intake air-charge pressure and flow-rate at maximum torque and power: … kPa and g/s or charge pressure and flow-rate map: … kPa and g/s

                           3.2.7.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Waste gate: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.7.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Intercooler: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.7.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type: air-air/air-water/other(4)

                           * 3.2.7.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load (compression ignition engines only): … kPa

                           3.2.7.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Air filter, (drawings, photographs): …

                           3.2.7.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Intake air-silencer description (drawings, photographs): …

                           * 3.2.7.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           3.2.8.

                              Air-mass metering and control

                           3.2.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of air-mass metering and control system: …

                           3.2.8.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mechanical throttle body: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.8.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electronic throttle control (ETC): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.8.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Schematic drawing of electronic throttle control: …

                           * 3.2.8.3.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of ETC hardware redundancies regarding sensors/actuators/electric power/ground/control electronics: …

                           3.2.9.

                              Spark delivery system and control

                           3.2.9.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of spark delivery and control system: …

                           3.2.9.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           L1e — L7e

                           Ignition advance curve or map(7) at wide open throttle: …

                           3.2.9.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Static ignition timing (7): … degrees before TDC at maximum torque and power

                           3.2.9.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Ion sense capability: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.9.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Spark plugs:

                           3.2.9.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Gap setting: … mm

                           3.2.9.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Ignition coil(s):

                           * 3.2.9.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           * 3.2.9.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Dwell angle and timing at wide open throttle: …

                           3.2.10.

                              Powertrain cooling system and control

                           3.2.10.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of powertrain cooling and control system: …

                           3.2.10.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Cooling system: liquid: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.10.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum temperature at outlet: … K

                           3.2.10.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nominal setting of the engine temperature control mechanism: …

                           3.2.10.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nature of liquid: …

                           3.2.10.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Circulating pump(s): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.10.2.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Characteristics: …

                           3.2.10.2.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drive ratio(s): …

                           3.2.10.2.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the fan and its drive mechanism: …

                           3.2.10.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Air cooling: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.10.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Reference point: …

                           3.2.10.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum temperature at reference point: … K

                           3.2.10.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e)

                           Fan: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.10.3.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Characteristics: …

                           3.2.10.3.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drive ratio(s): …

                           3.2.11.

                              Powertrain lubrication system and control

                           3.2.11.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of powertrain lubrication and control system: …

                           3.2.11.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Lubrication system configuration(s) (wet sump, dry sump, other, pump/injection into induction system/mixed with the fuel, etc.)(4): …

                           3.2.11.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of oil reservoir (if any): …

                           3.2.11.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Feed system (pump/injection into induction system/mixed with the fuel, etc.)(4): …

                           3.2.11.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Lubricating pump: yes/no(4) …

                           3.2.11.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Oil cooler: yes/no(4)

                           3.2.11.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing …

                           3.2.11.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Lubricant(s) characteristics: …

                           3.2.11.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Lubricant mixed with the fuel: yes/no(4): …

                           3.2.11.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Percentage range of lubricant mixed with the fuel: …

                           3.2.12.

                              Exhaust system and control

                           3.2.12.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of exhaust devices for noise and tailpipe emission control: …

                           3.2.12.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and drawing of the exhaust manifold: …

                           3.2.12.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and detailed drawing of the exhaust device: …

                           3.2.12.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum permissible exhaust back-pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load: … kPa(29)

                           3.2.12.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type, marking of exhaust noise-abatement device(s): …

                           * 3.2.12.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Noise-reducing measures in the engine compartment and on the engine where relevant for external noise: …

                           3.2.12.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of the exhaust outlet: …

                           3.2.12.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Exhaust noise-abatement device containing fibrous materials: yes/no(4): …

                           3.2.13.

                              Other electrical systems and control than those intended for the electrical propulsion

                           3.2.13.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Rated voltage: … V, positive/negative ground(4)

                           3.2.13.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Generator: yes/no(4):

                           3.2.13.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nominal output: … VA

                           3.2.13.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Battery(ies): yes/no(4)

                           3.2.13.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Capacity and other characteristics (mass,…): …

                           3.2.13.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electric heating systems for the passenger compartment: yes/no(4)

                           3.3.

                              Pure electric and hybrid electric propulsion and control

                           3.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electric vehicle configuration: pure electric/hybrid electric/manpower — electric(4):

                           3.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of pure and hybrid electric propulsions and its control system(s): …

                           3.3.3.

                              Electric propulsion motor

                           3.3.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of electric motors for propulsion: …

                           3.3.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type (winding, excitation): …

                           3.3.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operating voltage: … V

                           3.3.4.

                              Propulsion batteries

                           3.3.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Primary propulsion battery

                           3.3.4.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of cells: …

                           3.3.4.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass: … kg

                           3.3.4.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Capacity: … Ah (Amp-hours) / … V

                           3.3.4.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Voltage: … V

                           3.3.4.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Position in the vehicle: …

                           3.3.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Secondary propulsion battery

                           3.3.4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of cells: …

                           3.3.4.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Mass: … kg

                           3.3.4.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Capacity: … Ah (Amp-hours) / … V

                           3.3.4.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Voltage: … V

                           3.3.4.2.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Position in the vehicle: …

                           3.3.5.

                              Hybrid electric vehicle

                           3.3.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Engine or motor combination (number of electric motor(s) and/or combustion engine(s)/other)(4): …

                           3.3.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging/not off-vehicle charging:

                           3.3.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operating mode switch: with/without(4)

                           3.3.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Selectable modes: yes/no(4)

                           3.3.5.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Pure fuel consuming: yes/no(4)

                           3.3.5.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Vehicle propelled with fuel cell: yes/no(4)

                           3.3.5.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Hybrid operation modes: yes/no(4) (if yes, short description): …

                           3.3.6.

                              Energy storage device

                           3.3.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description: (battery, capacitor, flywheel/generator)(4)

                           3.3.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identification number: …

                           * 3.3.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Kind of electrochemical couple: …

                           3.3.6.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Energy (for battery: voltage and capacity Ah in 2h, for capacitor: J,…, for flywheel/generator: J,…,): …

                           3.3.6.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Charger: on-board/external/without(4)

                           3.3.7.

                              Electric motor (describe each type of electric motor separately) …

                           3.3.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Primary use: propulsion motor/generator(4)

                           3.3.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           When used as propulsion motor: single-/multi-motors (number)(4): …

                           3.3.7.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           3.3.7.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Direct current/alternating current/number of phases: …

                           3.3.7.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Separate excitation/series/compound(4):

                           3.3.7.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Synchronous/asynchronous(4):

                           3.3.8.

                              Electric motor control unit

                           3.3.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identification number: …

                           3.3.9.

                              Power controller

                           3.3.9.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identification number: …

                           3.4.

                              Other engines, electric motors or combinations (specific information concerning the parts of these motors)

                           3.4.1.

                              Cooling system (temperatures permitted by the manufacturer)

                           3.4.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Liquid cooling: …

                           3.4.1.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum temperature at outlet: … K

                           3.4.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Air cooling: …

                           3.4.1.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Reference point: …

                           3.4.1.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum temperature at reference point: … K

                           3.4.2.

                              Lubrication system

                           3.4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of lubrication system: …

                           3.4.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of oil reservoir (if any): …

                           3.4.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Feed system (pump/injection into induction system/mixed with the fuel, etc.)(4): …

                           3.4.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Lubricant mixed with the fuel: …

                           3.4.2.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Percentage: …

                           3.4.2.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Oil cooler: yes/no(4): …

                           * 3.4.2.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing(s): …

                           3.5.

                              Drive-train and control
                              (13)

                           3.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the vehicle drive-train and its control system (gear shift control, clutch control or any other element of drive-train): …

                           3.5.2.

                              Clutch

                           3.5.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the clutch and its control system: …

                           3.5.3.

                              Transmission

                           3.5.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of gear shift system(s) and its control: …

                           3.5.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the transmission: …

                           3.5.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, manual/manual automated/automatic/CVT/ other (indicate).)(4): …

                           3.5.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): …

                           3.5.3.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location relative to the engine: …

                           3.5.3.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of control: …

                           3.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Gear ratios

                                    Overview gear ratios

                                             Gear

                                             Internal transmission ratios (ratios of engine to transmission output shaft revolutions)

                                             Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of transmission output shaft to driven wheel revolutions)

                                             Total gear ratios

                                             Ratio (engine speed/vehicle speed) for manual transmission only

                                             Maximum for CVT (1)

                                             1
                                             2
                                             3
                                             …
                                             Minimum for CVT (1)

                                             Reverse

                           3.5.4.1.

                           L3e-AxE,
                           L3e-AxT

                           Final drive ratio: …

                           3.5.4.2.

                           L3e-AxE,
                           L3e-AxT

                           Overall gear ratio in highest gear: …

                           3.6.

                              Safe-cornering device

                           3.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e equipped with twinned wheels, L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Safe-cornering device (Annex VIII to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013: yes/no(4); differential/other(4)

                           3.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e equipped with twinned wheels, L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Differential lock: yes/no/optional(4)

                           3.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the safe-cornering device, the differential lock and their control systems: …

                           3.7.

                              Suspension and control

                           3.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of suspension and its control system: …

                           3.7.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the suspension arrangements: …

                           3.7.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Level adjustment: yes/no/optional(4)

                           3.7.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …

                           3.7.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Stabilisers: yes/no/optional(4)

                           3.7.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional(4)

                           3.8.

                              Passenger-compartment heating system and air-conditioning

                           3.8.1.

                              Passenger-compartment heating system

                           3.8.1.1.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           An overall drawing of the heating system giving its location on the vehicle (and the arrangement of the sound damping devices (including the position of the heat exchange points)): …

                           3.8.1.2.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           An overall drawing of the heat-exchanger used in systems utilising the heat from the exhaust gases, or of the parts where that exchange takes place (in the case of heating systems using the heat provided by the engine cooling air): …

                           3.8.1.3.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           A sectional drawing of the heat-exchanger or parts where heat exchange takes place, together with a statement of the wall thickness, of the materials used and the characteristics of their surface: …

                           3.8.1.4.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Specifications regarding the method of manufacture and technical data relating to other major components of the heating system, such as the fan: …

                           3.8.2.

                              Air-conditioning

                           3.8.2.1.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of air-conditioning and its control system: …

                           3.8.2.2.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: …

                           3.8.2.3.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           The air-conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated greenhouse gases with global warming potential higher than 150: yes/no(4). If Yes, fill in the following sections:

                           3.8.2.3.1.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Drawing and brief description of the air-conditioning system, including the reference or part number and material of the leak components: …

                           3.8.2.3.2.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Leakage of the air-conditioning system

                           3.8.2.3.3.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Reference or part number and material of the components of the system and test information (e.g. test report number, Type-approval number, etc.): …

                           3.8.2.3.4.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Overall leakage/year of the entire system: … g/year

                           3.9.

                              Cycles designed to pedal

                           3.9.1.

                           L1e

                           Ratio manpower/electric power: …

                           3.9.2.

                           L1e

                           Maximum assistance factor: …

                           3.9.3.

                           L1e

                           Maximum vehicle speed for which the electric motor gives assistance: … km/h

                           3.9.4.

                           L1e

                           Switch-off distance: … km

                           4.

                              GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION PERFORMANCE

                           4.0

                              General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                           4.0.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Environmental step(16): Euro … (3/4/5) (4)

                           4.1.

                              Tailpipe emission-control system

                           4.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the tailpipe emission-control system and its control: …

                           4.1.2.

                              Catalytic converter

                           4.1.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration, number of catalytic converters and elements (information to be provided for each separate unit): …

                           4.1.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing with dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …

                           4.1.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Catalytic reaction: …

                           * 4.1.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Total charge of precious metals: …

                           * 4.1.2.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Relative concentration: …

                           * 4.1.2.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Substrate (structure and material): …

                           * 4.1.2.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Cell density: …

                           * 4.1.2.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Casing for the catalytic converter(s): …

                           4.1.2.9.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                           4.1.2.10.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Catalyst heat-shield: yes/no(4)

                           4.1.2.11.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the regeneration system/method of exhaust after-treatment systems and its control system: …

                           * 4.1.2.11.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Normal operating temperature range: … K

                           4.1.2.11.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Consumable reagents: yes/no(4)

                           4.1.2.11.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the reagent flow (wet) system and its control system: …

                           4.1.2.11.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …

                           * 4.1.2.11.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … K

                           4.1.2.11.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance(4)

                           4.1.2.12.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identifying part number: …

                           4.1.3.

                              Oxygen sensor(s)

                           4.1.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Oxygen sensor component(s) drawing(s): …

                           4.1.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of exhaust device with oxygen sensor location(s) (dimensions relative to exhaust valves): …

                           4.1.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Control range(s): …

                           4.1.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identifying part number(s): …

                           4.1.3.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of oxygen sensor heating system and heating strategy: …

                           4.1.3.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Oxygen sensor heat shield(s): yes/no(4)

                           4.1.4.

                              Secondary air-injection (air-inject in exhaust)

                           4.1.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the secondary air-injection system and its control system: …

                           4.1.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration (mechanical, pulse air, air pump etc.)(4): …

                           4.1.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           4.1.5.

                              External exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)

                           4.1.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the EGR system (exhaust flow) and its control system: …

                           4.1.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Characteristics: …

                           4.1.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Water-cooled EGR system: yes/no(4)

                           4.1.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Air-cooled EGR system: yes/no(4)

                           4.1.6.

                              Particulate filter

                           4.1.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           PT component drawing with dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate filter: …

                           4.1.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Design of the particulate filter: …

                           4.1.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description and schematic drawing of the particulate filter and its control system: …

                           4.1.6.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                           4.1.6.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method or system of regeneration, description and drawing: …

                           4.1.6.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Identifying part number: …

                           4.1.7.

                              Lean NOx trap

                           4.1.7.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operation principle of lean NOx trap: …

                           4.1.8.

                              Additional tailpipe emission-control devices (if any not covered under another heading)

                           4.1.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working principle: …

                           4.2.

                              Crankcase emission control system

                           4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration of crank-case gas recycling system (breather system, positive crank-case ventilation system, other)(4) (description and drawings).

                           4.3.

                              Evaporative emission control system

                           4.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no(4)

                           4.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the evaporative control system

                           4.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the canister (including dimensions and indicating vent and purge mechanism)

                           4.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working capacity: … g

                           4.3.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Adsorption material: … (e.g. charcoal, carbon, synthetic, …)

                           4.3.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Housing material: … (e.g. plastic, steel, …)

                           4.3.7.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Schematic drawing of the fuel tank, indicating capacity and material: …

                           4.3.8.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the heat-shield between tank and exhaust device: …

                           4.4.

                              Additional information on environmental and propulsion unit performance

                           4.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and/or schematic drawings of additional pollution-control devices: …

                           4.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of the coefficient of absorption symbol (compression-ignition engines only): …

                           4.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Applicable information document set out in respectively UN Regulation No 9, 41 or 63 shall supplement this information document with regard to the sound level.

                           4.4.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Applicable information document set out in respectively UN Regulation No 92 shall supplement this information document with regards to the noise-abatement devices installed on the vehicle.

                           5.

                              VEHICLE PROPULSION FAMILY

                           5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           To define the vehicle propulsion family, the manufacturer shall submit the information required for classification criteria set out in point 3 of Annex XI to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, if not already provided in the information document.

                           6.

                              INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                           6.1.

                              Audible warning devices

                           6.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Summary description of device(s) used and their purpose: …

                           6.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …

                           6.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Details of the method of attachment, including the part of the vehicle structure to which the audible warning device(s) is (are) attached: …

                           6.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …

                           6.1.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Voltage: AC/DC(4)

                           6.1.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Rated voltage or pressure: …

                           6.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the mounting device: …

                           6.2.

                              Braking, including anti-lock and combined braking systems

                           6.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Characteristics of the brakes, including details and drawings of the drums, discs, hoses, make and type of shoe/pad assemblies and/or linings, effective braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums, adjustment devices, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension, levers, pedals (4): …

                           6.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Operating diagram, description and/or drawing of the braking system, including details and drawings of the transmission and controls as well as a brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the braking system(4):

                           6.2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Front, rear and sidecar brakes, disc and/or drum(4):

                           6.2.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Parking braking system: …

                           6.2.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Any additional braking system: …

                           6.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer with no brake/overrun brake/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic service brakes: yes/no(4): …

                           6.2.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Anti-lock/Combined braking system

                           6.2.4.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                           6.2.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                           6.2.4.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Anti-lock and combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                           6.2.4.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Schematic drawing(s): …

                           6.2.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Hydraulic reservoir(s) (volume and location): …

                           6.2.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Particular characteristics of the braking system(s)

                           6.2.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brake shoes and/or pads(4): …

                           6.2.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Linings and/or pads (indicate make, type, grade of material or identification mark): …

                           6.2.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brake levers and/or pedals(4): …

                           6.2.6.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Other devices (where applicable): drawing and description: …

                           6.3.

                              Electrical safety

                           6.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description of the power circuit components installation and drawings/photographs showing the location of the power circuit components installation: …

                           6.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Schematic diagram of all electrical functions included in power circuit: …

                           6.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Working voltage(s) (V): …

                           6.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of protection against electric-shocks: …

                           6.3.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuse and/or circuit breaker yes/no/optional(4)

                           6.3.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Diagram showing the functional range: …

                           6.3.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration of power wiring harness: …

                           6.4.

                              Front and rear protective structures

                           6.4.1.

                              Front protective structure

                           6.4.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.4.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.4.2.

                              Rear protective structure

                           6.4.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.4.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.5.

                              Glazing, windscreen wipers and washers, and defrosting and demisting systems

                           6.5.1.

                              Windscreen

                           6.5.1.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.5.1.2.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Method of mounting: …

                           6.5.1.3.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Angle of inclination: …

                           6.5.1.4.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …

                           6.5.1.5.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Drawing of the windscreen with dimensions: …

                           6.5.2.

                              Other windows

                           6.5.2.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.5.2.2

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any) of the window lifting mechanism: …

                           6.5.3.

                              Opening roof glazing

                           6.5.3.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.5.4.

                              Other glass panes

                           6.5.4.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           6.6.

                              Windscreen wiper(s)

                           6.6.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.7.

                              Windscreen washer

                           6.7.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.7.2.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Capacity of the reservoir: … l

                           6.8.

                              Defrosting and demisting

                           6.8.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.9.

                              Driver-operated controls including identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

                           6.9.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Arrangement and identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators: …

                           6.9.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, tell-tales and indicators: …

                           6.9.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is mandatory, including the identification symbols to be used for that purpose:

                           6.9.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Summary table: the vehicle is equipped with the following driver-operated controls, including indicators and tell-tales(4)

                                 Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is mandatory, and symbols to be used for that purpose

                                          Symbol No

                                          Device

                                          Control / indicator available (2)

                                          Identified by symbol (2)

                                          Where (3)

                                          Tell-tale available (2)

                                          Identified by symbol (2)

                                          Where (3)

                                          1

                                          Master light

                                          2

                                          Dipped-beam head lamps

                                          3

                                          Main-beam head lamps

                                          4

                                          Position (side) lamps

                                          5

                                          Front fog lamps

                                          6

                                          Rear fog lamp

                                          7

                                          Headlamp levelling device

                                          8

                                          Parking lamps

                                          9

                                          Direction indicators

                                          10

                                          Hazard warning

                                          11

                                          Windscreen wiper

                                          12

                                          Windscreen washer

                                          13

                                          Windscreen wiper and washer

                                          14

                                          Headlamp cleaning device

                                          15

                                          Windscreen demisting and defrosting

                                          16

                                          Rear window demisting and defrosting

                                          17

                                          Ventilating fan

                                          18

                                          Diesel pre-heat

                                          19

                                          Choke

                                          20

                                          Brake failure

                                          21

                                          Fuel level

                                          22

                                          Battery charging condition

                                          23

                                          Engine coolant temperature

                                          24

                                          Malfunction indicator light (MI)

                           6.9.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                                    Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is optional, and symbols which shall be used if they are to be identified

                                             Symbol No

                                             Device

                                             Control / indicator available (4)

                                             Identified by symbol (4)

                                             Where (5)

                                             Tell-tale available (4)

                                             Identified by symbol (4)

                                             Where (5)

                                             1

                                             Parking brake

                                             2

                                             Rear window wiper

                                             3

                                             Rear window washer

                                             4

                                             Rear window wiper and washer

                                             5

                                             Intermittent windscreen wiper

                                             6

                                             Audible warning device (horn)

                                             7

                                             Front hood (bonnet)

                                             8

                                             Rear hood (boot)

                                             9

                                             Seat belt

                                             10

                                             Engine oil pressure

                                             11

                                             Unleaded petrol

                                             12

                                             …

                                             13

                                             …

                           6.10.

                              Speedometer and odometer

                           6.10.1.

                              Speedometer

                           6.10.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the complete system: …

                           6.10.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Vehicle speed range displayed: …

                           6.10.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the speedometer: …

                           6.10.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technical constant of the speedometer: …

                           6.10.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …

                           6.10.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Overall transmission ratio of the drive mechanism: …

                           6.10.2.

                              Odometer

                           6.10.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Tolerance of the measuring mechanism of the odometer: …

                           6.10.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of operation and description of the drive mechanism: …

                           6.11.

                              Installation of lighting, light-signalling devices, including automatic switching of lighting

                           6.11.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale): …

                           6.11.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Diagram showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices: …

                           6.11.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Hazard warning lamps: …

                           6.11.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …

                           6.11.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information (in writing and/or by diagram):

                           6.11.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …

                           6.11.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method used to define the apparent surface in accordance with point 2.10 of UNECE Regulation No 48 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 46): …

                           6.11.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Axis of reference and centre of reference: …

                           6.11.5.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Method of operation of concealable lamps: …

                           6.11.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable)(4): …

                           6.11.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Control device: …

                           6.11.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Reference marks: …

                           6.11.6.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Marks assigned for loading conditions: …

                           6.12.

                              Rearward visibility

                           6.12.1.

                              Rear-view mirrors (stating for each mirror)

                           6.12.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …

                           6.12.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …

                           6.12.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           A brief description of the electronic components of the adjustment system: …

                           6.12.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors

                           6.12.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the device: …

                           6.12.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour(4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor(4): …

                           6.12.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions; the position for the EU type-approval mark has to be indicated on the drawings: …

                           6.13.

                              Rollover protective structure (ROPS)

                           6.13.1.

                           L7e-B2

                           Detailed technical description, position, fixing, etc. (including photographs or drawings): …

                           6.13.2.

                              ROPS by Frame(4)

                           6.13.2.1.

                           L7e-B2

                           Internal and external dimensions: …

                           6.13.2.2.

                           L7e-B2

                           Material(s) and method of construction: …

                           6.13.3.

                              ROPS by Cab
                              (4)

                           6.13.3.1.

                           L7e-B2

                           Other weather protection arrangements (description): …

                           6.13.3.2.

                           L7e-B2

                           Internal and external dimensions: …

                           6.13.4.

                              ROPS by Roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear(4), fold-down/not fold down (4)

                           6.13.4.1.

                           L7e-B2

                           Dimensions: …

                           6.13.4.2.

                           L7e-B2

                           Material(s) and method of construction: …

                           6.14.

                              Safety belts and/or other restraints

                           6.14.1.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Number and position of safety belts and restraint systems and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:
                           (L = left side, R = right side, C = centre)

                                    Safety belt configuration and associated information

                                             Complete EU type-approval mark

                                             Variant, if applicable

                                             Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)

                                             First row of seats

                                             L

                                             C

                                             R

                                             Second row of seats

                                             L

                                             C

                                             R

                                             L = left, C= centre, R=right

                           6.14.2.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Description of a specific type of belt, with one anchorage attached to the seat back-rest or incorporating an energy-dissipation device: …

                           6.14.3.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Number and location of the anchorages: …

                           6.14.4.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …

                           6.15.

                              Safety belt anchorages

                           6.15.1.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages, together with an indication of the R-point: …

                           6.15.2.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …

                           6.15.3.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Designation of the types of belts(14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicle: …

                                    Safety-belt anchorage configuration and associated information

                                             Anchorage location

                                             Vehicle structure

                                             Seat structure

                                             First row of seats

                                             Right-hand seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             outboard inboard

                                             Centre seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             right left

                                             Left-hand seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             outboard inboard

                                             Second row of seats

                                             Right-hand seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             outboard inboard

                                             Centre seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             right left

                                             Left-hand seat

                                             Lower anchorages
                                             Upper anchorages

                                             outboard inboard

                           6.15.4.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Type-approval mark for each position: …

                           6.15.5.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …

                           6.15.6.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages, together with an indication of the R-point: …

                           6.15.7.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Observation: …

                           6.16.

                              Seating positions (saddles and seats)

                           6.16.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number of seating positions: …

                           6.16.1.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Location and arrangement(8): …

                           6.16.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Seating position configuration: seat/saddle(4)

                           6.16.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description and drawings of:

                           6.16.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The seats and their anchorages: …

                           6.16.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The adjustment system: …

                           6.16.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The displacement and locking systems: …

                           6.16.3.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The seat-belt anchorages incorporated in the seat structure: …

                           6.16.3.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

                           6.16.4.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Coordinates or drawing of the R-point(s) of all seating positions: …

                           6.16.4.1.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Driver’s seat: …

                           6.16.4.2.

                           L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           All other seating positions: …

                           6.16.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Design torso angle: …

                           6.16.5.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Driver’s seat: …

                           6.16.5.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           All other seating positions: …

                           6.16.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Range of seat adjustment: …

                           6.16.6.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Driver’s seat: …

                           6.16.6.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           All other seating positions: …

                           6.17.

                              Steer-ability, cornering properties and turn-ability

                           6.17.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry: …

                           6.17.2.

                              Transmission and control of steering

                           6.17.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration of steering transmission (specify for front and rear): …

                           6.17.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front and rear): …

                           6.17.2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           A brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …

                           6.17.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Diagram of the steering transmission: …

                           6.17.2.4.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …

                           6.17.2.5.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Range and method of adjustment of the steering control(s): …

                           6.17.2.6.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Method of assistance: …

                           6.17.3.

                              Maximum steering angle of the wheels

                           6.17.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           To the right: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent data): …

                           6.17.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           To the left: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent data): …

                           6.18.

                              Tyres/wheels combination

                           6.18.1.

                              Tyres:

                           6.18.1.1.

                           Size designation

                           6.18.1.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Axle 1: …

                           6.18.1.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Axle 2: …

                           6.18.1.1.3.

                           L4e

                           Sidecar wheel: …

                           6.18.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Minimum load-capacity index: … with the maximum load on each tyre: … Kg

                           6.18.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Minimum-speed category symbol compatible with the theoretical maximum design vehicle speed: …

                           6.18.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa

                           6.18.2.

                              Wheels:

                           6.18.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Rim size(s): …

                           6.18.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Categories of use compatible with the vehicle: …

                           6.18.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nominal rolling circumference: …

                           6.19.

                              Vehicle maximum speed limitation plate and its location on the vehicle

                           6.19.1.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Maximum speed limitation plate (indicate the reflecting material used; drawings and photos may be used as appropriate): …

                           6.19.2.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Location of maximum speed limitation plate (indicate variants where necessary; drawings and photos may be used as appropriate): …

                           6.19.3.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Height above road surface, upper edge: … mm

                           6.19.4.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Height above road surface, lower edge: … mm

                           6.19.5.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle: … mm

                           6.19.6.

                           L7e-B1 and L7e-B2

                           Distance from the left vehicle edge: … mm

                           6.20.

                              Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings and vehicle doors

                           6.20.1.

                              Bodywork

                           6.20.1.1.

                           L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                           Materials used and methods of construction: …

                           6.20.2.

                              Occupant doors, latches and hinges

                           6.20.2.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Number of doors, and its configuration, dimensions and maximum angle of opening(5): …

                           6.20.2.2.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: …

                           6.20.2.3.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Technical description of latches and hinges: …

                           6.20.2.4.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Details, including dimensions, of entrances, steps and necessary handles where applicable: …

                           6.20.3.

                              Interior protection for occupants

                           6.20.3.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings, showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used (with the exception of interior rear view mirrors, arrangement of controls, seats and the rear part of seats), roof and opening roof, backrest: …

                           6.20.4.

                              Head restraints

                           6.20.4.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate(4)

                           6.20.4.2.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the position and specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which approval is sought: …

                           6.20.4.3.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           In the case of a ‘separate’ head restraint

                           6.20.4.3.1.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is intended to be fixed: …

                           6.20.4.3.2.

                           L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                           Scale drawings of the significant parts of the structure and the head restraint: …

                           6.21.

                              Maximum continuous total power and/or maximum vehicle speed limitation by design

                           6.21.1.

                              Propulsion and/or drive-train output governors

                           6.21.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Number (minimum two, exemption L3e-A3 and L4e-A3):

                           6.21.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           How is the redundancy of governors ensured?: …

                           6.21.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nominal cut-off point no 1: …

                           6.21.1.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load: … min-1

                           6.21.1.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min-1

                           6.21.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Nominal cut-off point no 2: …

                           6.21.1.4.1

                           L1e — L7e

                           Engine/motor/drive-train rotation speed at which cut-off starts under load(4): … min-1

                           6.21.1.4.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum rotation speed at the minimum engine load: … min-1

                           6.21.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           The stated purpose of governor(s): maximum design vehicle speed limitation/maximum power limitation/engine over-speed protection(4): …

                           7.

                              INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                           7.1.

                              Coupling devices and attachments

                           7.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           L-category vehicle equipped with coupling device: yes/no/optional(4)

                           7.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Guidelines and information for consumers in all EU languages regarding the impact on the driveability of using a trailer with an L-category vehicle included in the owner's manual: yes/no(4)

                           7.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           For coupling-device approved as separate technical unit: installation and operating instructions added to documentation: yes/no(4)

                           7.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings showing the position and the construction of the coupling-devices: …

                           7.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Instructions for attaching the coupling-type to the vehicle and photographs or drawings of the fixing points on the vehicle as stated by the manufacturer; additional information, if the use of the coupling-type is restricted to certain variants or versions of the vehicle type: …

                           7.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Attachment points for a secondary coupling and/or breakaway cable (drawings and pictures may be used as appropriate): yes/no(4)

                           7.2.

                              Devices to prevent unauthorised use

                           7.2.1.

                              Protective device

                           7.2.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Summary description of protective device(s) used: …

                           7.2.2.

                              Vehicle immobiliser

                           7.2.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Technical description of the vehicle immobiliser and of the measures taken against inadvertent activation: …

                           7.2.3.

                              Alarm system

                           7.2.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Description of the alarm system and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation: …

                           7.2.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           List of the main components comprising the alarm system: …

                           7.3.

                              Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

                           7.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Requirements under UNECE Regulation No 10 (OJ L 254, 20.9.2012, p. 1) are met with relevant documentation included in the information document: yes/no(4)

                           7.3.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Table or drawing of radio-interference control equipment: …

                           7.3.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Particulars of the nominal value of the direct-current resistance, and, in the case of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: …

                           7.4.

                              External projections

                           7.4.1.

                           L1e — L7evehicles with bodywork

                           General arrangement (drawing or photographs accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text) indicating the position of the attached sections and views, of any parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical for external projections, for example, and where relevant: bumpers, floor line, door and window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, rain gutter channels, handles, slide rails, flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, eyes, winches, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical (e.g. lighting equipment): …

                           7.5.

                              Fuel storage

                           7.5.1.

                              Fuel tank(s)

                           7.5.1.1.

                           Main fuel tank(s)

                           7.5.1.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum capacity: …

                           7.5.1.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           7.5.1.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label(4) …

                           7.5.1.2.

                           Reserve fuel tank(s)

                           7.5.1.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Maximum capacity: …

                           7.5.1.2.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Materials used: …

                           7.5.1.2.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice/label(4) …

                           7.5.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing and technical description of the tank(s) with connections and lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: …

                           7.5.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: …

                           7.5.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust device: …

                           7.5.2.

                              Compressed natural gas (CNG) container(s)

                           7.5.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Applicable information document set out in UNECE regulation No 110 (6) as prescribed for vehicle category M1 shall supplement this information document with regards to the CNG tanks installed on the vehicle.

                           7.5.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                              Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)container(s)

                           7.5.3.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Applicable information document set out in UNECE regulation No 67 (7) as prescribed for vehicle category M1 shall supplement this information document with regards to the LPG tanks installed on the vehicle.

                           7.6.

                              On-board diagnostics (OBD) functional requirements

                           7.6.1

                              On-board diagnostics system

                           7.6.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Stage I: yes/no(4) and/or

                           7.6.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Stage II: yes/no(4)

                           7.6.2.

                              OBD system general information

                           7.6.2.1.

                           L3e—L7e(10)

                           Written description and/or drawing of the malfunction indicator (MI): …

                           7.6.2.2.

                           L3e—L7e(10)

                           List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: …

                           7.6.2.3.

                           L3e— L7e(10)

                           Written description (general working principles) for all OBD stage I circuit (open circuit, shorted low and high, rationality) and electronics (PCU/ECU internal and communication) diagnostics: …

                           7.6.2.4.

                           L3e—L7e(10)

                           Written description (general working principles) for all OBD stage I diagnostic functionality triggering any operating mode which significantly reduces engine torque in case of fault detection: …

                           7.6.2.5.

                           L3e— L7e(10)

                           Written description of the communication protocol(s) supported: …

                           7.6.2.6.

                           L3e—L7e(10)

                           Physical location of diagnostic-connector (add drawings and photographs): …

                           7.6.2.7.

                           L3e— L7e(10)

                           Written description in case of voluntary compliance with OBD stage II (general working principles):

                           7.6.2.7.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Positive-ignition engines

                           7.6.2.7.1.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Catalyst monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.1.2.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Misfire detection: …

                           7.6.2.7.1.3.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Oxygen sensor monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.1.4.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Other components monitored by the OBD system: …

                           7.6.2.7.2.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Compression-ignition engines

                           7.6.2.7.2.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Catalyst monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.2.2.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Particulate filter monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.2.3.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Electronic fuelling system monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.2.4.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           deNOx system monitoring: …

                           7.6.2.7.2.5.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Other components monitored by the OBD system: …

                           7.6.2.7.3

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method): …

                           7.6.2.7.4.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): …

                           7.6.3.

                              OBD compatibility

                              The following additional information shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer to enable the manufacture of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts, diagnostic tools and test equipment:

                           7.6.3.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           A comprehensive document describing all sensed components concerned with the strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method). This shall, include a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system. The document shall also list all OBD output codes and formats (with an explanation of each) used in association with individual emission-related powertrain components and individual non-emission-related components, where monitoring the component is used to determine MI activation. This shall contain, in particular, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $05 Test ID $ 21 to FF and the data given in service $06: …

                           7.6.3.2.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           For vehicle types using a communication link in accordance with ISO 15765-4 ‘Road vehicles, diagnostics on controller area network (CAN) — Part 4: requirements for emissions-related systems’, the manufacturer shall provide a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $06 Test ID $00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported: …

                           7.6.3.3.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           The information required above may be provided in table form as described below.

                                    Example OBD fault-code overview list

                                             Component

                                             Fault code

                                             Monitoring strategy

                                             Fault detection criteria

                                             MI activation criteria

                                             Secondary parameters

                                             Preconditioning

                                             Demonstration test

                                             Intake air temperature sensor open circuit

                                             P0xxxxzz

                                             Comparison with temperature model after cold start

                                             > 20 degr difference between measured and modelled intake air temperature

                                             3rd cycle

                                             Coolant and intake air temperature sensor signals

                                             Two type I cycles

                                             Type I

                           7.6.3.4.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Description of ETC diagnostic fault codes: …

                           7.6.4.

                              Communication protocol information

                              The following information shall be referenced to a specific vehicle make, model and variant, or identified using other workable definitions such as VIN or vehicle and systems identification:

                           7.6.4.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Any protocol information system needed to enable complete diagnostics in addition to the standards prescribed in point 3.8. of Appendix 1 to Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014, such as additional hardware or software protocol information, parameter identification, transfer functions, ‘keep alive’ requirements, or error conditions;

                           7.6.4.2.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Details of how to obtain and interpret all fault codes not in accordance with the standards prescribed in point 3.11. of Appendix 1 to Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014

                           7.6.4.3.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           A list of all available live data parameters including scaling and access information;

                           7.6.4.4.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           A list of all available functional tests including device activation or control and the means to implement them;

                           7.6.4.5.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Details of how to obtain all component and status information, time stamps, pending DTC and freeze frames;

                           7.6.4.6.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           PCU/ECU identification and variant coding;

                           7.6.4.7.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Details of how to reset service lights;

                           7.6.4.8.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Location of diagnostic connector and connector details;

                           7.6.4.9.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           Engine code identification.

                           7.6.5.

                              Test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components

                           7.6.5.1.

                           L3e — L7e(10)

                           A description of tests to confirm its functionality, at the component or in the harness:

                           7.7.

                              Passenger handholds and footrests

                           7.7.1.

                              Handholds

                           7.7.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Configuration: strap and/or handle(4)

                           7.7.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings showing the location and the construction:

                           7.7.2.

                              Footrests

                           7.7.2.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Photographs and/or drawings showing the location and the construction:

                           7.8.

                              Registration plate space

                           7.8.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Location of rear registration plate (indicate variants where necessary; drawings may be used as appropriate): …

                           7.8.1.1.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Height above road surface, upper edge: … mm

                           7.8.1.2.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Height above road surface, lower edge: … mm

                           7.8.1.3.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle: … mm

                           7.8.1.4.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Dimensions (length x width): … mm x … mm

                           7.8.1.5.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Inclination of the plane to the vertical: … degr.

                           7.8.1.6.

                           L1e — L7e

                           Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: … degr

                           7.9.

                              Stands

                           7.9.1.

                           L1e, L3e

                           Configuration: central and/or side(4): …

                           7.9.2.

                           L1e, L3e

                           Construction material used: …

                           7.9.3.

                           L1e, L3e

                           Photographs and drawings showing the location of the stand(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …

                           7.9.4.

                           L1e, L3e

                           Description of the method to prevent contact of the stand with the ground when the vehicle is being propelled: …

                  (1)  OJ L 7, 10.1.2014, p. 1.

                  (2)  OJ L 25, 28.1.2014, p. 1.

                  (*1)  Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 of 16 December 2013 supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements and amending Annex V thereof (OJ L 53, 21.2.2014, p. 1).

                  (*2)  Contracting parties to the Revised 1958 Agreement.

                  (*3)  To be indicated if not obtainable from the type-approval number.

                  (*4)  The approval authority shall complete the references for the test reports, established by regulatory acts, for which no type-approval certificate is available.

                  (3)  OJ L 72, 14.3.2008, p. 1.

                  (4)  OJ L 120, 7.5.2011, p. 1.

                  (5)  Regulation (EC) No 79/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 January 2009 on type-approval of hydrogen-powered motor vehicles, and amending Directive 2007/46/EC (OJ L 35, 4.2.2009, p. 32).

                  (6)  OJ L 120, 7.5.2011, p. 1.

                  (7)  OJ L 72, 14.3.2008, p. 1.

                  (1)

                           (+)

                           Continuously variable transmission.

                  (2)

                           (+)

                                          x

                                          =

                                          yes

                                          -

                                          =

                                          no or not separately available

                                          o

                                          =

                                          optional.

                  (3)

                           (++)

                                          d

                                          =

                                          directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

                                          c

                                          =

                                          in close vicinity.

                  (4)

                           (+)

                                          x

                                          =

                                          yes

                                          -

                                          =

                                          no or not separately available

                                          o

                                          =

                                          optional.

                  (5)

                           (++)

                                          d

                                          =

                                          directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

                                          c

                                          =

                                          in close vicinity.

                  Appendix 1

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/ a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a tailpipe pollution-control system

                              Item No

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 :

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min–1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.1.

                                 Tailpipe emission-control system

                              4.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the tailpipe emission-control system and its control:

                              4.1.2.

                                 Catalytic converter

                              4.1.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration, number of catalytic converters and elements (information to be provided for each separate unit): …

                              4.1.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing with dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalytic reaction: …

                              * 4.1.2.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Total charge of precious metals: …

                              * 4.1.2.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Relative concentration: …

                              * 4.1.2.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Substrate (structure and material): …

                              * 4.1.2.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Cell density: …

                              * 4.1.2.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Casing for the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.2.10.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalyst heat-shield: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the regeneration system/method of exhaust after-treatment systems and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operating temperature range: … K

                              4.1.2.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Consumable reagents: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the reagent flow (wet) system and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …

                              4.1.2.11.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … K

                              4.1.2.12.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number: …

                              4.1.3.

                                 Oxygen sensor(s)

                              4.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor component(s) drawing(s): …

                              4.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of exhaust device with oxygen sensor location(s) (dimensions relative to exhaust valves): …

                              4.1.3.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Control range(s): …

                              4.1.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number(s): …

                              4.1.3.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of oxygen sensor heating system and heating strategy: …

                              4.1.3.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor heat shield(s): yes/no(4)

                              4.1.4.

                                 Secondary air-injection (air-inject in exhaust)

                              4.1.4.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the secondary air-injection system and its control system: …

                              4.1.4.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration (mechanical, pulse air, air pump etc.)(4): …

                              4.1.4.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle: …

                              4.1.5.

                                 External exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)

                              4.1.5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the EGR system (exhaust flow) and its control system: …

                              4.1.6.

                                 Particulate filter

                              4.1.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              PT component drawing with dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Design of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the particulate filter and its control system: …

                              4.1.6.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.6.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method or system of regeneration, description and drawing: …

                              4.1.6.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number: …

                              4.1.7.

                                 Lean NOx trap

                              4.1.7.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Operation principle of lean NOx trap: …

                              4.1.8.

                                 Additional tailpipe emission-control devices (if any not covered under another heading)

                              4.1.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle: …

                              5.

                                 VEHICLE PROPULSION FAMILY

                              5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              To define the vehicle propulsion family, the manufacturer shall submit the information required for classification criteria set out in point 3 of Annex XI to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, if not already provided in the information document.

                  Appendix 2

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a crankcase and evaporative emissions system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 : …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.2.

                                 Crankcase emission control system

                              4.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration of crank-case gas recycling system (breather system, positive crank-case ventilation system, other)(4) (description and drawings).

                              4.3.

                                 Evaporative emission control system

                              4.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no(4)

                              4.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of the evaporative control system: …

                              4.3.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of the canister (including dimensions and indicating vent and purge mechanism): …

                              4.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working capacity: … g

                              4.3.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Adsorption material: … (e.g. charcoal, carbon, synthetic, …)

                              4.3.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Housing material: … (e.g. plastic, steel, …)

                              4.3.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Schematic drawing of the fuel tank, indicating capacity and material: …

                              4.3.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of the heat-shield between tank and exhaust device: …

                              5.

                                 VEHICLE PROPULSION FAMILY

                              5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              To define the vehicle propulsion family, the manufacturer shall submit the information required for classification criteria set out in point 3 of Annex XI to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, if not already provided in the information document.

                  Appendix 3

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system

                              Item No

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.0

                                 General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                              4.0.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Environmental step(16): Euro … (3/4/5) (4)

                              5.

                                 VEHICLE PROPULSION FAMILY

                              5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              To define the vehicle propulsion family, the manufacturer shall submit the information required for classification criteria set out in point 3 of Annex XI to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, if not already provided in the information document.

                              7.

                                 INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                              7.6.

                                 On-board diagnostics (OBD) functional requirements

                              7.6.1

                                 On-board diagnostics system

                              7.6.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Stage I: yes/no(4) and/or

                              7.6.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Stage II: yes/no(4)

                              7.6.2.

                                 OBD system general information

                              7.6.2.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Written description and/or drawing of the malfunction indicator (MI): …

                              7.6.2.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: …

                              7.6.2.3.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Written description (general working principles) for all OBD stage I circuit (open circuit, shorted low and high, rationality) and electronics (PCU/ECU internal and communication) diagnostics: …

                              7.6.2.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Written description (general working principles) for all OBD stage I diagnostic functionality triggering any operating mode which significantly reduces engine torque in case of fault detection: …

                              7.6.2.5.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Written description of the communication protocol(s) supported: …

                              7.6.2.6.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Physical location of diagnostic-connector (add drawings and photographs): …

                              7.6.2.7.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Written description in case of voluntary compliance with OBD stage II (general working principles):

                              7.6.2.7.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Positive-ignition engines

                              7.6.2.7.1.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Catalyst monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.1.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Misfire detection: …

                              7.6.2.7.1.3.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Oxygen sensor monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.1.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Other components monitored by the OBD system: …

                              7.6.2.7.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Compression-ignition engines

                              7.6.2.7.2.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Catalyst monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.2.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Particulate filter monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.2.3.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Electronic fuelling system monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.2.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              deNOx system monitoring: …

                              7.6.2.7.2.5.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Other components monitored by the OBD system: …

                              7.6.2.7.3

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method): …

                              7.6.2.7.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): …

                              7.6.3.

                                 OBD compatibility

                                 The following additional information shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer to enable the manufacture of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts, diagnostic tools and test equipment:

                              7.6.3.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              A comprehensive document describing all sensed components concerned with the strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method). This shall, include a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system. The document shall also list all OBD output codes and formats (with an explanation of each) used in association with individual emission-related powertrain components and individual non-emission-related components, where monitoring the component is used to determine MI activation. This shall contain, in particular, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $05 Test ID $ 21 to FF and the data given in service $06: …

                              7.6.3.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              For vehicle types using a communication link in accordance with ISO 15765-4 ‘Road vehicles, diagnostics on controller area network (CAN) — Part 4: requirements for emissions-related systems’, the manufacturer shall provide a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $06 Test ID $00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported: …

                              7.6.3.3.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              The information required above may be provided in table form as described below.

                                       Example OBD fault-code overview list

                                                Component

                                                Fault code

                                                Monitoring strategy

                                                Fault detection criteria

                                                MI activation criteria

                                                Secondary parameters

                                                Preconditioning

                                                Demonstration test

                                                Intake air temperature sensor open circuit

                                                P0xxxxzz

                                                Comparison with temperature model after cold start

                                                > 20 degr difference between measured and modelled intake air temperature

                                                3rd cycle

                                                Coolant and intake air temperature sensor signals

                                                Two type I cycles

                                                Type I

                              7.6.3.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Description of ETC diagnostic fault codes: …

                              7.6.3.5.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Description of the default modes in case of an ETC failure which a driver may experience in case of an ETC failure

                              7.6.4.

                                 Communication protocol information

                                 The following information shall be referenced to a specific vehicle make, model and variant, or identified using other workable definitions such as VIN or vehicle and systems identification:

                              7.6.4.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Any protocol information system needed to enable complete diagnostics in addition to the standards prescribed in point 3.8. of Appendix 1 to Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, such as additional hardware or software protocol information, parameter identification, transfer functions, ‘keep alive’ requirements, or error conditions;

                              7.6.4.2.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Details of how to obtain and interpret all fault codes not in accordance with the standards prescribed in point 3.1 of Appendix 1 to Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014;

                              7.6.4.3.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              A list of all available live data parameters including scaling and access information;

                              7.6.4.4.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              A list of all available functional tests including device activation or control and the means to implement them;

                              7.6.4.5.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Details of how to obtain all component and status information, time stamps, pending DTC and freeze frames;

                              7.6.4.6.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              PCU/ECU identification and variant coding;

                              7.6.4.7.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Details of how to reset service lights;

                              7.6.4.8.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Location of diagnostic connector and connector details;

                              7.6.4.9.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              Engine code identification.

                              7.6.5.

                                 Test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components

                              7.6.5.1.

                              L3e — L7e(10)

                              A description of tests to confirm its functionality, at the component or in the harness:

                  Appendix 4

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a sound level system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min-1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.0

                                 General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                              4.0.2.

                                 Sound level

                              4.0.2.1

                              L1e — L7e

                              Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1

                              4.0.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drive-by: … dB(A)

                              4.4.

                                 Additional information on environmental and propulsion unit performance

                              4.4.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Applicable information document set out in respectively UN Regulation No 9, 41 or 63 shall supplement this information document with regard to the sound level.

                  Appendix 5

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a propulsion unit performance system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 : …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min–1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              3.

                                 GENERAL POWERTRAIN CHARACTERISTICS

                              3.3.

                                 Pure electric and hybrid electric propulsion and control

                              3.3.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              15/30(4) minutes power(27): … kW

                              3.9.

                                 Cycles designed to pedal

                              3.9.1.

                              L1e

                              Ratio manpower/electric power: …

                              3.9.2.

                              L1e

                              Maximum assistance factor: …

                              3.9.3.

                              L1e

                              Maximum vehicle speed for which the electric motor gives assistance: … km/h

                              3.9.4.

                              L1e

                              Switch-off distance: … m

                  Appendix 6

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a pollution-control device as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 : …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min-1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.0

                                 General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                              4.0.1.

                              L1e —L7e

                              Environmental step(16): Euro … (3/4/5) (4)

                              4.1.

                              Tailpipe emission-control system

                              4.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the tailpipe emission-control system and its control: …

                              4.1.2.

                                 Catalytic converter

                              4.1.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration, number of catalytic converters and elements (information to be provided for each separate unit): …

                              4.1.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing with dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalytic reaction: …

                              * 4.1.2.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Total charge of precious metals: …

                              * 4.1.2.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Relative concentration: …

                              * 4.1.2.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Substrate (structure and material): …

                              * 4.1.2.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Cell density: …

                              * 4.1.2.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Casing for the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.2.10.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalyst heat-shield: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the regeneration system/method of exhaust after-treatment systems and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operating temperature range: … K

                              4.1.2.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Consumable reagents: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the reagent flow (wet) system and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: …

                              4.1.2.11.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … K

                              4.1.2.11.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance(4)

                              4.1.2.12.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number:

                              4.1.3.

                                 Oxygen sensor(s)

                              4.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor component(s) drawing(s): …

                              4.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of exhaust device with oxygen sensor location(s) (dimensions relative to exhaust valves): …

                              4.1.3.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Control range(s): …

                              4.1.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number(s): …

                              4.1.3.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of oxygen sensor heating system and heating strategy: …

                              4.1.3.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor heat shield(s): yes/no(4)

                              4.1.4.

                                 Secondary air-injection (air-inject in exhaust)

                              4.1.4.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the secondary air-injection system and its control system: …

                              4.1.4.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration (mechanical, pulse air, air pump etc.)(4): …

                              4.1.4.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle: …

                              4.1.5.

                                 External exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)

                              4.1.5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the EGR system (exhaust flow) and its control system: …

                              4.1.5.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Characteristics: …

                              4.1.6.

                                 Particulate filter

                              4.1.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              PT component drawing with dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Design of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the particulate filter and its control system: …

                              4.1.6.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.6.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method or system of regeneration, description and drawing: …

                              4.1.7.

                                 Lean NOx trap

                              4.1.7.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Operation principle of lean NOx trap: …

                              4.1.8.

                                 Additional tailpipe emission-control devices (if any not covered under another heading)

                              4.1.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle: …

                  Appendix 7

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a noise-abatement device as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 :

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min-1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1at A/F ratio: …

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.0

                                 General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                              4.0.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Environmental step(16): Euro … (3/4/5) (4)

                              4.0.2.

                              Sound level

                              4.0.2.1

                              L1e — L7e

                              Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1

                              4.0.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drive-by: … dB(A)

                              4.4.

                                 Additional information on environmental and propulsion unit performance

                              4.4.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Applicable information document set out in respectively UN Regulation No 92 shall supplement this information document with regards to the noise-abatement devices installed on the vehicle.

                  Appendix 8

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an exhaust (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device) as a STU

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 : …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              4.

                                 GENERAL INFORMATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE

                              4.0

                                 General information on environmental and propulsion performance

                              4.0.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Environmental step(16): Euro … (3/4/5) (4)

                              4.0.2.

                              Sound level

                              4.0.2.1

                              L1e — L7e

                              Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1

                              4.0.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drive-by: … dB(A)

                              4.1.

                                 Tailpipe emission-control system

                              4.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the tailpipe emission-control system and its control: …

                              4.1.2.

                                 Catalytic converter

                              4.1.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration, number of catalytic converters and elements (information to be provided for each separate unit): …

                              4.1.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing with dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalytic reaction: …

                              * 4.1.2.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Total charge of precious metals: …

                              * 4.1.2.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Relative concentration: …

                              * 4.1.2.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Substrate (structure and material): …

                              * 4.1.2.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Cell density: …

                              * 4.1.2.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Casing for the catalytic converter(s): …

                              4.1.2.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.2.10.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Catalyst heat-shield: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the regeneration system/method of exhaust after-treatment systems and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operating temperature range: … K

                              4.1.2.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Consumable reagents: yes/no(4)

                              4.1.2.11.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the reagent flow (wet) system and its control system: …

                              4.1.2.11.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action:

                              4.1.2.11.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … K

                              4.1.2.11.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance(4)

                              4.1.2.12.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number: …

                              4.1.3.

                                 Oxygen sensor(s)

                              4.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor component(s) drawing(s): …

                              4.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing of exhaust device with oxygen sensor location(s) (dimensions relative to exhaust valves): …

                              4.1.3.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Control range(s): …

                              4.1.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Identifying part number(s): …

                              4.1.3.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of oxygen sensor heating system and heating strategy: …

                              4.1.3.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Oxygen sensor heat shield(s): yes/no(4)

                              4.1.4.

                                 Secondary air-injection (air-inject in exhaust)

                              4.1.4.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the secondary air-injection system and its control system: …

                              4.1.4.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration (mechanical, pulse air, air pump etc.)(4): …

                              4.1.4.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle: …

                              4.1.5.

                                 External exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)

                              4.1.5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the EGR system (exhaust flow) and its control system: …

                              4.1.5.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Characteristics: …

                              4.1.5.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Water-cooled EGR system: yes/no (4)

                              4.1.5.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Air-cooled EGR system: yes/no (4)

                              4.1.6.

                                 Particulate filter

                              4.1.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              PT component drawing with dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Design of the particulate filter: …

                              4.1.6.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description and schematic drawing of the particulate filter and its control system: …

                              4.1.6.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): …

                              4.1.6.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method or system of regeneration, description and drawing: …

                              4.1.7.

                                 Lean NOx trap

                              4.1.7.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Operation principle of lean NOx trap: …

                              4.1.8.

                                 Additional tailpipe emission-control devices (if any not covered under another heading)

                              4.1.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Working principle:

                              4.4.

                                 Additional information on environmental and propulsion unit performance

                              4.4.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Applicable information document set out in respectively UN Regulation No 92 shall supplement this information document with regards to the noise-abatement devices installed on the vehicle.

                  Appendix 9

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a braking system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 :

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19)
                                 : …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min-1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min-1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …

                              2.

                                 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS

                              (in kg and mm.) Refer to drawings where applicable

                              2.1

                                 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

                              2.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Mass in running order: … kg

                              2.1.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Distribution of mass in running order between the axles: … kg

                              2.1.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg

                              2.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on front axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on rear axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.3.

                              L4e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on sidecar axle: … kg

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.2.

                                 Braking, including anti-lock and combined braking systems

                              6.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Characteristics of the brakes, including details and drawings of the drums, discs, hoses, make and type of shoe/pad assemblies and/or linings, effective braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums, adjustment devices, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension, levers, pedals (4): …

                              6.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Operating diagram, description and/or drawing of the braking system, including details and drawings of the transmission and controls as well as a brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the braking system(4):

                              6.2.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Front, rear and sidecar brakes, disc and/or drum(4):

                              6.2.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Parking braking system: …

                              6.2.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Any additional braking system: …

                              6.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer with no brake/overrun brake/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic service brakes: yes/no(4): …

                              6.2.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Anti-lock/Combined braking system

                              6.2.4.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Anti-lock and combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Schematic drawing(s): …

                              6.2.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Hydraulic reservoir(s): …

                              6.2.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Particular characteristics of the braking system(s): …

                              6.2.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brake shoes and/or pads(4): …

                              6.2.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Linings and/or pads (indicate make, type, grade of material or identification mark): …

                              6.2.6.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brake levers and/or pedals(4): …

                              6.2.6.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Other devices (where applicable): drawing and description: …

                  Appendix 10

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) an installation of lighting and light-signalling devices system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19): …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.11.

                                 Installation of lighting, light-signalling devices, including automatic switching of lighting

                              6.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale): …

                              6.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Diagram showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices: …

                              6.11.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Hazard warning lamps: …

                              6.11.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …

                              6.11.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information (in writing and/or by diagram):

                              6.11.5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …

                              6.11.5.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method used to define the apparent surface in accordance with point 2.10 of UNECE Regulation No 48 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 46): …

                              6.11.5.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Axis of reference and centre of reference: …

                              6.11.5.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of operation of concealable lamps: …

                              6.11.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable)(4): …

                              6.11.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Control device: …

                              6.11.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Reference marks: …

                              6.11.6.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Marks assigned for loading conditions: …

                  Appendix 11

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to(4) a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units(19): …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.13.

                                 Rollover protective structure (ROPS)

                              6.13.1.

                              L7e-B2

                              Detailed technical description, position, fixing, etc. (including photographs or drawings): …

                              6.13.2.

                                 ROPS by Frame(4)

                              6.13.2.1.

                              L7e-B2

                              Internal and external dimensions: …

                              6.13.2.2.

                              L7e-B2

                              Material(s) and method of construction: …

                              6.13.3.

                                 ROPS by Cab (4)

                              6.13.3.1.

                              L7e-B2

                              Other weather protection arrangements (description): …

                              6.13.3.2.

                              L7e-B2

                              Internal and external dimensions: …

                              6.13.4.

                                 ROPS by Roll bar(s) mounted at front/rear(4), fold-down/not fold down (4)

                              6.13.4.1.

                              L7e-B2

                              Dimensions: …

                              6.13.4.2.

                              L7e-B2

                              Material(s) and method of construction: …

                  Appendix 12

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a type of/a type of a vehicle with regard to
                     (4)
                     an installation of tyres system

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              0.11.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type-approval marks for components and separate technical units
                                 (19): …

                              0.11.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Method of attachment: …

                              0.11.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the location of the type-approval mark (completed example with dimensions):…

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed (22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min–1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              2.

                                 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS

                              (in kg and mm.) Refer to drawings where applicable

                              2.1

                                 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

                              2.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Mass in running order: … kg

                              2.1.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Distribution of mass in running order between the axles: … kg

                              2.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Actual mass: … kg

                              2.1.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Distribution of actual mass between the axles: … kg

                              2.1.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg

                              2.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on front axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on rear axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.3.

                              L4e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on sidecar axle: … kg

                              2.1.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum pay mass declared by manufacturer: … kg

                              2.1.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of (4): Braked: … kg Unbraked: … kg

                              2.1.7.1

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination: … kg

                              2.1.7.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point: … kg

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.18.

                                 Tyres/wheels combination

                              6.18.1.

                                 Tyres:

                              6.18.1.1.

                              Size designation

                              6.18.1.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Axle 1: …

                              6.18.1.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Axle 2: …

                              6.18.1.1.3.

                              L4e

                              Sidecar wheel: …

                              6.18.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Minimum load-capacity index: … with the maximum load on each tyre: … kg

                              6.18.1.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Minimum-speed category symbol compatible with the theoretical maximum design vehicle speed:…

                              6.18.1.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa

                              6.18.2.

                                 Wheels:

                              6.18.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Rim size(s): …

                              6.18.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Categories of use compatible with the vehicle: …

                              6.18.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Nominal rolling circumference: …

                  Appendix 13

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of an audible warning device as a component

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21): …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.1.

                                 Audible warning devices

                              6.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Summary description of device(s) used and their purpose: …

                              6.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing(s) showing the location of the audible warning device(s) in relation to the structure of the vehicle: …

                              6.1.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Electrical/pneumatic circuit diagram: …

                              6.1.4.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Voltage: AC/DC(4)

                              6.1.4.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Rated voltage or pressure: …

                  Appendix 14

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a non-glazing front windscreen as a component/STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.5.

                                 Glazing, windscreen wipers and washers, and defrosting and demisting systems

                              6.5.1.

                                 Windscreen

                              6.5.1.1.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Materials used: …

                              6.5.1.2.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Method of mounting: …

                              6.5.1.3.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Angle of inclination: …

                              6.5.1.4.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …

                              6.5.1.5.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Drawing of the windscreen with dimensions: …

                  Appendix 15

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a windscreen washer device as a component/STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.7.

                                 Windscreen washer

                              6.7.1.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings): …

                              6.7.2.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Capacity of the reservoir: … l

                  Appendix 16

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a rearward visibility device as a component/STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.12.

                                 Rearward visibility

                              6.12.1.

                                 Rear-view mirrors (stating for each mirror)

                              6.12.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …

                              6.12.1.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              A brief description of the electronic components of the adjustment system: …

                              6.12.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors

                              6.12.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of the device: …

                              6.12.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour(4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor(4): …

                              6.12.2.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions; the position for the EU type-approval mark has to be indicated on the drawings: …

                  Appendix 17

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of safety belts as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.14.

                                 Safety belts and/or other restraints

                              6.14.2.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              Description of a specific type of belt, with one anchorage attached to the seat back-rest or incorporating an energy-dissipation device: …

                              6.14.3.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              Number and location of the anchorages: …

                              6.14.4.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …

                  Appendix 18

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a seating position (saddle/seat) as a component/STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.16.

                                 Seating positions (saddles and seats)

                              6.16.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Number of seating positions: …

                              6.16.1.1.

                              L2e, L5e, L6e, L7e

                              Location and arrangement(8): …

                              6.16.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Seating position configuration: seat/saddle(4)

                              6.16.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description and drawings of:

                              6.16.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              The seats and their anchorages: …

                              6.16.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              The adjustment system: …

                              6.16.3.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              The displacement and locking systems: …

                              6.16.3.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              The seat-belt anchorages incorporated in the seat structure: …

                              6.16.3.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

                              6.16.4.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              Coordinates or drawing of the R-point(s) of all seating positions: …

                              6.16.4.1.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              Driver’s seat: …

                              6.16.4.2.

                              L2e, L4e, L5e-B, L6e-B, L7e

                              All other seating positions: …

                              6.16.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Design torso angle: …

                              6.16.5.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Driver’s seat: …

                              6.16.5.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              All other seating positions: …

                              6.16.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Range of seat adjustment: …

                              6.16.6.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Driver’s seat: …

                              6.16.6.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              All other seating positions: …

                  Appendix 19

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a trailer coupling device as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed(22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min–1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              2.

                                 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS

                              (in kg and mm.) Refer to drawings where applicable

                              7.

                                 INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                              7.1.

                                 Coupling devices and attachments

                              7.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              L-category vehicle equipped with coupling device: yes/no/optional(4)

                              7.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Guidelines and information for consumers in all EU languages regarding the impact on the driveability of using a trailer with an L-category vehicle included in the owner's manual: yes/no(4)

                              7.1.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              For coupling-device approved as separate technical unit: installation and operating instructions added to documentation: yes/no(4)

                              7.1.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photograph and/or drawings showing the position and the construction of the coupling-devices: …

                              7.1.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Instructions for attaching the coupling-type to the vehicle and photographs or drawings of the fixing points on the vehicle as stated by the manufacturer; additional information, if the use of the coupling-type is restricted to certain variants or versions of the vehicle type: …

                              7.1.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Attachment points for a secondary coupling and/or breakaway cable (drawings and pictures may be used as appropriate): yes/no(4)

                  Appendix 20

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of devices to prevent unauthorised use as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer:

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for(21)
                                 :

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              7.

                                 INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                              7.2.

                                 Devices to prevent unauthorised use

                              7.2.1.

                                 Protective device

                              7.2.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Summary description of protective device(s) used: …

                              7.2.2.

                                 Vehicle immobiliser

                              7.2.2.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technical description of the vehicle immobiliser and of the measures taken against inadvertent activation: …

                              7.2.3.

                                 Alarm system

                              7.2.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of the alarm system and of the vehicle parts involved in its installation:. …

                              7.2.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              List of the main components comprising the alarm system: …

                  Appendix 21

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of passenger handholds as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21): …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              7.

                                 INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                              7.7.

                                 Passenger handholds and footrests

                              7.7.1.

                                 Handholds

                              7.7.1.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Configuration: strap and/or handle(4)

                              7.7.1.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings showing the location and the construction: …

                  Appendix 22

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of footrests as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21): …

                              0.10.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              7.7.

                                 Passenger handholds and footrests

                              7.7.2.

                                 Footrests

                              7.7.2.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Photographs and/or drawings showing the location and the construction: …

                  Appendix 23

                     Model information document relating to EU type-approval of a side-car as a STU

                              Item No.

                              (Sub) categories

                              Detailed information

                              B.

                                 General information concerning systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.7.

                              L4e

                                 Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              L4e

                                 Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              L4e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.2.

                              L4e

                              Type-approval number(s) (if available): …

                              0.8.3.

                              L4e

                              Type-approval(s) issued on (date, if available): …

                              0.9.

                                 Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              L4e

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.9.2.

                              L4e

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                              0.10.

                                 Vehicle(s) for which the system/separate technical unit is intended for
                                 (21):

                              0.10.1.

                              L4e

                              Type(17): …

                              0.10.2.

                              L4e

                              Variant(17): …

                              0.10.3.

                              L4e

                              Version(17): …

                              0.10.4.

                              L4e

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              L4e

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(2): …

                              C.

                                 General information concerning vehicle, systems, components or separate technical units

                              0.12.

                                 Conformity of production

                              0.12.1.

                              L4e

                              Description of overall quality-assurance management systems.

                              1.

                                 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS

                              1.8.

                                 Propulsion unit performance

                              1.8.1.

                              L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A, L7e-B2

                              Declared maximum vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.8.2.

                              L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C

                              Maximum design vehicle speed(22): … km/h and gear in which it is reached: …

                              1.8.3.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net power combustion engine: … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.4.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum net torque combustion engine: … Nm at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.5.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (15/30(4) minutes power(27)): … kW at … min–1

                              1.8.6.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor: … Nm at … min–1

                              1.8.7.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1 at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.8.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s): … Nm at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              1.8.9.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Maximum peak power for propulsion(s): … kW at … min–1at A/F ratio: …

                              2.

                                 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS

                              (in kg and mm.) Refer to drawings where applicable

                              2.1

                                 Range of vehicle mass (overall)

                              2.1.1.

                              L4e

                                 Mass in running order: … kg

                              2.1.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Distribution of mass in running order between the axles: … kg

                              2.1.2.

                              L4e

                                 Actual mass: … kg

                              2.1.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Distribution of actual mass between the axles: … kg

                              2.1.3.

                              L4e

                                 Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg

                              2.1.3.1.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on front axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.2.

                              L1e — L7e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on rear axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.3.

                              L4e

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on sidecar axle: … kg

                              2.1.4.

                              L4e

                              Maximum hill-starting ability at the maximum technically permissible mass declared by the manufacturer: … % slope

                              2.1.5.

                              L4e

                              Maximum pay mass declared by manufacturer: … kg

                              2.1.8.

                              L4e

                              Mass of the optional equipment: … kg

                              2.2.

                                 Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

                              2.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Length: … mm

                              2.2.2.

                              L4e

                              Width: … mm

                              2.2.3.

                              L4e

                              Height: … mm

                              2.2.4.

                              L4e

                              Wheelbase: … mm Wheelbase sidecar(28): … mm

                              2.2.5.

                                 Track width

                              2.2.5.1.

                              L4e equipped with twinned wheels

                              Track width front: … mm.

                              2.2.5.2.

                              L4e equipped with twinned wheels

                              Track width rear: … mm.

                              2.2.5.3.

                              L4e

                              Track width sidecar: … mm.

                              6.

                                 INFORMATION ON FUNCTIONAL SAFETY

                              6.2.

                                 Braking, including anti-lock and combined braking systems

                              6.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Characteristics of the brakes, including details and drawings of the drums, discs, hoses, make and type of shoe/pad assemblies and/or linings, effective braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums, adjustment devices, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension, levers, pedals (4): …

                              6.2.2.

                              L4e

                                 Operating diagram, description and/or drawing of the braking system, including details and drawings of the transmission and controls as well as a brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the braking system(4)
                                 : …

                              6.2.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Front, rear and sidecar brakes, disc and/or drum(4): …

                              6.2.2.2.

                              L4e

                              Parking braking system: …

                              6.2.2.3.

                              L4e

                              Any additional braking system: …

                              6.2.4.

                              L4e

                                 Anti-lock/Combined braking system

                              6.2.4.1.

                              L4e

                              Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.2.

                              L4e

                              Combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.3.

                              L4e

                              Anti-lock and combined braking system: yes/no/optional(4)

                              6.2.4.4.

                              L4e

                              Schematic drawing(s): …

                              6.2.5.

                              L4e

                              Hydraulic reservoir(s): …

                              6.2.6.

                              L4e

                                 Particular characteristics of the braking system(s): …

                              6.2.6.1.

                              L4e

                              Brake shoes and/or pads(4): …

                              6.2.6.2.

                              L4e

                              Linings and/or pads (indicate make, type, grade of material or identification mark):. …

                              6.2.6.3.

                              L4e

                              Brake levers and/or pedals(4): …

                              6.2.6.4.

                              L4e

                              Other devices (where applicable): drawing and description: …

                              6.5.

                                 Glazing, windscreen wipers and washers, and defrosting and demisting systems

                              6.5.1.

                                 Windscreen

                              6.5.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Materials used: …

                              6.5.1.2.

                              L4e

                              Method of mounting: …

                              6.5.1.3.

                              L4e

                              Angle of inclination: …

                              6.5.1.4.

                              L4e

                              Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted, together with a brief description of any electrical/electronic components: …

                              6.5.1.5.

                              L4e

                              Drawing of the windscreen with dimensions: …

                              6.11.

                                 Installation of lighting, light-signalling devices, including automatic switching of lighting

                              6.11.1.

                              L4e

                              List of all devices (mentioning the number, make(s),type, component type-approval mark(s), the maximum intensity of the main-beam headlamps, colour, the corresponding tell-tale): …

                              6.11.2.

                              L4e

                              Diagram showing the location of the lighting and light-signalling devices: …

                              6.11.3.

                              L4e

                              Hazard warning lamps: …

                              6.11.4.

                              L4e

                              Brief description of the electrical and/or electronic components used in the lighting system and in the light-signalling system: …

                              6.11.5.

                              L4e

                                 For every lamp and reflector, supply the following information (in writing and/or by diagram): …

                              6.11.5.1.

                              L4e

                              Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface: …

                              6.11.5.2.

                              L4e

                              Method used to define the apparent surface in accordance with point 2.10 of UNECE Regulation No 48 (OJ L 323, 6.12.2011, p. 46): …

                              6.11.5.3.

                              L4e

                              Axis of reference and centre of reference: …

                              6.11.5.4.

                              L4e

                              Method of operation of concealable lamps: …

                              6.11.6.

                              L4e

                                 Description/drawing and type of headlamp levelling device (e.g. automatic, stepwise manually adjustable, continuously manually adjustable)(4)
                                 : …

                              6.11.6.1.

                              L4e

                              Control device: …

                              6.11.6.2.

                              L4e

                              Reference marks: …

                              6.11.6.3.

                              L4e

                              Marks assigned for loading conditions: …

                              6.12.

                                 Rearward visibility

                              6.12.1.

                                 Rear-view mirrors (stating for each mirror)

                              6.12.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Drawing(s) for the identification of the mirror showing the position of the mirror relative to the vehicle structure: …

                              6.12.1.2.

                              L4e

                              Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure to which it is attached: …

                              6.12.1.3.

                              L4e

                              A brief description of the electronic components of the adjustment system: …

                              6.12.2.

                              L4e

                                 Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors

                              6.12.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Description of the device: …

                              6.12.2.2.

                              L4e

                              In the case of a camera-monitor device, the detection distance (mm), contrast, luminance range, glare correction, display performance (black and white/colour(4)), image repetition frequency, luminance reach of the monitor(4): …

                              6.12.2.3.

                              L4e

                              Sufficiently detailed drawings to identify the complete device, including installation instructions; the position for the EU type-approval mark has to be indicated on the drawings: …

                              6.14.

                                 Safety belts and/or other restraints

                              6.14.1.

                              L4e

                              Number and position of safety belts and restraint systems and seats on which they can be used, please fill out table below:
                              (L = left side, R = right side, C = centre)

                                       Safety belt configuration and associated information

                                                Complete EU type-approval mark

                                                Variant, if applicable

                                                Belt adjustment device for height (indicate yes/no/optional)

                                                First row of seats

                                                C

                                                L = left, C= centre, R=right

                              6.14.2.

                              L4e

                              Description of a specific type of belt, with one anchorage attached to the seat back-rest or incorporating an energy-dissipation device: …

                              6.14.3.

                              L4e

                              Number and location of the anchorages: …

                              6.14.4.

                              L4e

                              Brief description of electrical/electronic components: …

                              6.15.

                              L4e

                                 Safety belt anchorages

                              6.15.1.

                              L4e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages, together with an indication of the R-point: …

                              6.15.2.

                              L4e

                              Drawings of the anchorages and the parts of the vehicle structure to which they are attached (together with a statement on the nature of the materials used): …

                              6.15.3.

                              L4e

                              Designation of the types of belts(14) authorised for attachment to the anchorages on the vehicle: …

                                       Safety-belt anchorage configuration and associated information

                                                   Anchorage location

                                                Vehicle structure

                                                Seat structure

                                                Centre seat

                                                Lower anchorages
                                                Upper anchorages

                                                right left

                              6.15.4.

                              L4e

                              Type-approval mark for each position: …

                              6.15.5.

                              L4e

                              Special devices (example: seat-height adjustment, preloading device, etc.): …

                              6.15.6.

                              L4e

                              Photographs and/or drawings of the bodywork showing the true, effective location and dimensions of the anchorages, together with an indication of the R-point: …

                              6.15.7.

                              L4e

                              Observation: …

                              6.16.

                                 Seating positions (saddles and seats)

                              6.16.1.

                              L4e

                              Number of seating positions: …

                              6.16.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Location and arrangement(8): …

                              6.16.2.

                              L4e

                              Seating position configuration: seat/saddle(4)

                              6.16.3.

                              L4e

                              Description and drawings of: …

                              6.16.3.1.

                              L4e

                              The seats and their anchorages: …

                              6.16.3.2.

                              L4e

                              The adjustment system: …

                              6.16.3.3.

                              L4e

                              The displacement and locking systems: …

                              6.16.3.4.

                              L4e

                              The seat-belt anchorages incorporated in the seat structure: …

                              6.16.3.5.

                              L4e

                              The parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: …

                              6.16.4.

                              L4e

                              Coordinates or drawing of the R-point(s) of all seating positions: …

                              6.16.4.1.

                              L4e

                              Driver’s seat: …

                              6.16.4.2.

                              L4e

                              All other seating positions: …

                              6.16.5.

                              L4e

                              Design torso angle: …

                              6.16.6.

                              L4e

                              Range of seat adjustment: …

                              6.16.6.1.

                              L4e

                              Driver’s seat: …

                              6.16.6.2.

                              L4e

                              All other seating positions: …

                              6.17.

                                 Steer-ability, cornering properties and turn-ability

                              6.17.1.

                              L4e

                              Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry: …

                              6.17.2.

                                 Transmission and control of steering

                              6.17.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Configuration of steering transmission (specify for front and rear): …

                              6.17.2.2.

                              L4e

                              Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front and rear): …

                              6.17.2.2.1.

                              L4e

                              A brief description of the electrical/electronic components: …

                              6.17.2.3.

                              L4e

                              Diagram of the steering transmission: …

                              6.17.2.4.

                              L4e

                              Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s): …

                              6.17.2.5.

                              L4e

                              Range and method of adjustment of the steering control(s): …

                              6.17.2.6.

                              L4e

                              Method of assistance: …

                              6.17.3.

                                 Maximum steering angle of the wheels

                              6.17.3.1.

                              L4e

                              To the right: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent data):

                              6.17.3.2.

                              L4e

                              To the left: … degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent data):

                              6.18.

                                 Tyres/wheels combination

                              6.18.1.

                                 Tyres:

                              6.18.1.1.

                              Size designation

                              6.18.1.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Axle 1: …

                              6.18.1.1.2.

                              L4e

                              Axle 2: …

                              6.18.1.1.3.

                              L4e

                              Sidecar wheel: …

                              6.18.1.2.

                              L4e

                              Minimum load-capacity index: … with the maximum load on each tyre: … Kg

                              6.18.1.3.

                              L4e

                              Minimum-speed category symbol compatible with the theoretical maximum design vehicle speed: …

                              6.18.1.4.

                              L4e

                              Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa

                              6.18.2.

                                 Wheels:

                              6.18.2.1.

                              L4e

                              Rim size(s): …

                              6.18.2.2.

                              L4e

                              Categories of use compatible with the vehicle: …

                              6.18.2.3.

                              L4e

                              Nominal rolling circumference: …

                              6.20.

                                 Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings and vehicle doors

                              6.20.3.

                                 Interior protection for occupants)

                              6.20.3.1.

                              L4e

                              Photographs, drawings and/or an exploded view of the interior fittings, showing the parts in the passenger compartment and the materials used (with the exception of interior rear view mirrors, arrangement of controls, seats and the rear part of seats), roof and opening roof, backrest: …

                              6.20.4.

                                 Head restraints

                              6.20.4.1.

                              L4e

                              Head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate(4)

                              6.20.4.2.

                              L4e

                              Detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature of the padding material or materials and, where applicable, the position and specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which approval is sought: …

                              6.20.4.3.

                              L4e

                                 In the case of a ‘separate’ head restraint

                              6.20.4.3.1.

                              L4e

                              Detailed description of the structural zone to which the head restraint is intended to be fixed: …

                              6.20.4.3.2.

                              L4e

                              Scale drawings of the significant parts of the structure and the head restraint: …

                              7.

                                 INFORMATION ON VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION

                              7.4.

                                 External projections

                              7.4.1.

                              L4e

                              General arrangement (drawing or photographs accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text) indicating the position of the attached sections and views, of any parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical for external projections, for example, and where relevant: bumpers, floor line, door and window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, rain gutter channels, handles, slide rails, flaps, door hinges and locks, hooks, eyes, winches, decorative trim, badges, emblems and recesses and any other parts of the exterior surface which can be regarded as critical (e.g. lighting equipment): …

                              7.7.

                                 Passenger handholds and footrests

                              7.7.1.

                                 Handholds

                              7.7.1.1.

                              L4e

                              Configuration: strap and/or handle(4)

                              7.7.2.

                                 Footrests

                              7.7.2.2.

                              L4e

                              Photographs and/or drawings showing the location and the construction: …

                  Appendix 24

                     Manufacturer’s declaration for vehicles capable of converting their performance level from subcategory (L3e/L4e)-A2 to (L3e/L4e)-A3 and vice-versa

                                 Manufacturer’s declaration of conversion of (L3e/L4e)-A2 to (L3e/L4e)-A3 motorcycle characteristics and vice-versa

                              A duly-completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.

                        The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any) (1): …

                        Declares that

                     The (L3e/L4e)-A2 or (L3e/L4e)-A3 (2)
                     motorcycle:

                              0.1.

                              Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type (3): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(s) (3): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(s) (3): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (4): …

                              3.2.2.1.

                              PCUs/ECUs (2) software identification number(s): … and calibration verification number(s): …

                     is technically suitable to be retrofitted to the (L3e/L4e)-A2 or (L3e/L4e)-A3 (2)
                     vehicle identified below:

                              0.2.

                              Type (3): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(s) (3): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(s) (3): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (3): …

                              1.

                              Type-approval number (if available): …

                              1.1.

                              Type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                              3.2.2.1.

                              PCUs/ECUs (2) software identification number(s): … and calibration verification number(s) …

                        With the following technical characteristics:

                     General construction characteristics

                              1.8.

                              Maximum design vehicle speed: … km/h

                              1.9.

                              Maximum net power: … kW (at … min–1) (1)

                              1.10.

                              Ratio maximum net power/mass of the vehicle in running order: … kW/kg

                     Environmental performance

                              4.0.2.

                              Sound level measured according to (5) (6): …

                              4.0.2.1.

                              Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1

                              4.0.2.2.

                              Drive-by: … dB(A)

                              8.7.3.

                              Exhaust emissions measured according to (5) (7): …

                              8.7.3.1.

                              Type I test: tailpipe emissions after cold start, including the deterioration factor:
                              CO: … mg/km
                              THC: … mg/km
                              NMHC: … cmg/km (1)

                              NOx: … mg/km
                              HC+NOx: … mg/km (1)

                              PM: … mg/km (1)

                              8.7.3.2.

                              Type II test: tailpipe emissions at (increased) idle and free acceleration:
                              HC: … ppm at normal idling speed and: … ppm at high idle speed
                              CO: … % vol at normal idling speed and: … % vol at high idle speed

                              8.7.3.2.1.

                              Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … m–1

                     Energy efficiency

                              8.7.4.

                              CO2 emissions (1): …g/km

                              8.7.5.

                              Fuel consumption (1): … l/kg (2)/100 km

                              8.7.6.

                              Energy consumption (1): …Wh/km

                              8.7.7.

                              Electric range (1): …km

                     by modifying the following components, parts, software, etc.: …
                  …
                  Place: … Date: …
                  Signature: … Name and position in the company: …

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 24:

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s declaration)

                     (1)  Suppress the entry if not applicable.

                     (2)  Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one entry is applicable).

                     (3)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (4)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A2’ for a medium-performance motorcycle.

                     (5)  Number of the Commission Delegated Regulation and latest amending Commission Delegated Regulation applicable to the type-approval. In the case of a Commission Delegated Regulation with two or more implementation stages; indicate also the implementation stage and/or code. Alternatively indicate the number of the applicable UNECE Regulation.

                     (6)  Rounded to the nearest whole number.

                     (7)  Rounded to the nearest thousandth for g/km and g/min, to the nearest tenth for % and to the nearest hundredth for % vol.

                  Appendix 25

                     Manufacturer’s declaration on powertrain tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering)

                              1.

                              Vehicle manufacturer’s declaration on powertrain tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering):

                                          —

                                          not to market interchangeable components which could enable propulsion unit performance to exceed levels applicable to the relevant (sub) category;

                                          —

                                          manufacturer-facilitated modifications shall not increase the propulsion unit performance of the vehicle;

                                          —

                                          modifications and interchangeability of parts and components

                                 Manufacturer’s declaration not to market interchangeable components which could enable propulsion unit performance to exceed levels applicable to the relevant (sub) category

                              A duly-completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.

                        The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any) (1): …

                        Hereby declares that:

                     For the L1e/L2e, (L3e/L4e)-A1/(L3e/L4e)-A2/L6e/L7e (2)
                     category vehicle:

                              0.1

                              Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type (3): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(s) (3): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(s) (3): …

                              0.2.3

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (4): …

                     Will not market interchangeable components which could enable propulsion unit performance to exceed levels applicable to the relevant (sub) category;
                  and that

                     The manufacturer-facilitated modifications of the following characteristics:

                              (a)

                              spark delivery of the ignition system if applicable;

                              (b)

                              fuel feed and delivery system;

                              (c)

                              air-intake system including air filter(s) (modification or removal);

                              (d)

                              propulsion battery configuration or electric power to the electric motor(s) if applicable;

                              (e)

                              drive-train;

                              (f)

                              and the control unit(s) that control(s) the propulsion unit performance of the powertrain.

                     shall comply with the requirements set out in point 2.6. of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014˙ (1) (5) (6)

                     For L3e-A2/L4e-A2/L7e (2)
                     category vehicles the manufacturer

                     declares that:

                     The modifications and interchangeability of:

                              (a)

                              spark delivery of the ignition system, if applicable;

                              (b)

                              fuel feed and delivery system;

                              (c)

                              air-intake system including air filter(s) (modification or removal);

                              (d)

                              the drive-train;

                              (e)

                              the control unit(s) for the propulsion unit performance of the powertrain;

                              (f)

                              removal of any component (mechanical, electrical, structural, etc.) which limits full engine load, leading to any change in the propulsion unit performance as approved in accordance with Annex II (A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                     shall comply with the requirements set out in point 2.6 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 (1) (5)

                  Place: … Date: …
                  Signature: … Name and position in the company: …

                     Propulsion unit performance

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 25

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s declaration)

                     Explanatory notes relating to Annex I

                                 (1)

                              For internal combustion engine.

                                 (2)

                              Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                                 (3)

                              Suppress the entry if not applicable.

                                 (4)

                              Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one entry is applicable).

                                 (5)

                              Indicate the configuration by following codes:

                                          —

                                          R: right side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          L: left side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          F: front side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          RE: rear side of the vehicle

                                    Example for a vehicle with 2 left-side doors and 1 right-side door:
                              2 L, 1R

                                 (6)

                              This value shall be calculated (π = 3.1416) and rounded off to the nearest cm3.

                                 (7)

                              Specify the tolerance.

                                 (8)

                              Indicate the position by the following codes:

                                          —

                                          rx: row number

                                          —

                                          R: right side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          C: centre of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          L: left side of the vehicle

                                    Example for a vehicle with a first row with 2 front seating positions, 1 right, 1 left and a second row with 1 rear seating position, 1 centre:
                              r1: 1R,1L r2: 1C

                                 (9)

                              Indicate fuel type by the following codes:

                                          —

                                          P: petrol

                                          —

                                          B5: diesel

                                          —

                                          M: mixture

                                          —

                                          LPG: liquid petroleum gas

                                          —

                                          NG: natural gas

                                          —

                                          BM: biomethane

                                          —

                                          E5: petrol E5

                                          —

                                          E10:petrol E10

                                          —

                                          E85: ethanol E85

                                          —

                                          BD: biodiesel

                                          —

                                          H2: hydrogen

                                          —

                                          H2NG: mixture of hydrogen and natural gas

                                          —

                                          A: compressed air

                                          —

                                          O: other.

                                    Note: vehicles can be fuelled with both petrol and a gaseous fuel but, where the petrol system is fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 5 litres of petrol, shall be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.

                                 (10)

                              L-category vehicles equipped with OBD according to Article 21 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                                 (11)

                              Standard ISO 612:1978 — Road vehicles — dimensions of motor vehicles and towed vehicles — terms and definitions.

                                 (12)

                              This figure shall be rounded off to the nearest tenth of a millimetre.

                                 (13)

                              The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.

                                 (14)

                              ‘A’: for a three-point belt;
                              ‘B’: for a lap belt;
                              ‘S’: for special types of belt (in this case provide specific information on the nature of these types under observation in point 6.15.7.);
                              ‘Ar’, ‘Br’ or ‘Sr’: for a belt incorporating an inertia reel;
                              ‘Are’, ‘Bre’ and ‘Sre’: for a belt equipped with an inertia reel and an energy-absorption device on at least one anchorage.

                                 (15)

                              Indicate the location of the centre of the VIN/statutory plate by the following codes:

                                          —

                                          R. right side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          C: centre of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          L: left side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          x: horizontal distance (in mm) from the front-most axle (preceded by ‘-‘ (i.e. minus) if located in front of the front axle)

                                          —

                                          y: horizontal distance (in mm) from the longitudinal centre line of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          z: distance (in mm) from the ground

                                          —

                                          (r/o): parts needing to be removed or opened for access to the marking.

                                    Example for a VIN fitted on the right side of a motorcycle steering head-pipe, 500 mm behind the front axle, 30 mm from the centre-line and 1 100 mm high:
                              R, x500, y30, z1100
                              Example for a statutory plate fitted to a quadricycle, on the right side of the vehicle, 100 mm in front of the front axle, 950 mm from the longitudinal centre line of the vehicle and 700 mm high, under the bonnet:
                              R, x-100, y950, z700 (r/o)

                                 (16)

                              Add the number of the Euro level and the character corresponding to the provisions used for type-approval.

                                 (17)

                              Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of this Annex. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.3 of Part B of this Annex.

                                 (18)

                              In case of multi-stage approval, supply this information for each stage.

                                 (19)

                              Provide this information for each component and separate technical unit installed in the vehicle or system.

                                 (20)

                              Provide this information for each combustion engine, electric motor and hybrid application.

                                 (21)

                              Provide this information for each vehicle type.

                                 (22)

                              For cycles designed to pedal indicate the maximum speed for which the electric motor provides assistance.

                                 (23)

                              Axles with twinned wheels/powered:

                                          F: front

                                          R: rear

                                          M: middle (for vehicles with sidecar)

                                          F & R: front and rear

                                    Examples:

                                          —

                                          twinned wheels: F (front twinned wheels for a vehicle of subcategory L5e-A)

                                          —

                                          powered axles: R (rear powered axle for a L3e-A1 motorcycle)

                                 (24)

                              Indicate the transmission type by the following codes:

                                          —

                                          M: manual

                                          —

                                          A: automatic

                                          —

                                          C: CVT.

                                          —

                                          O: other

                                          —

                                          W: wheel-hub engine

                                 (25)

                              For externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles, the “weighted, combined” values for CO2, fuel consumption and electric energy consumption shall be indicated.

                                 (26)

                              Indicate the arrangement of the cylinders by following codes:

                                          —

                                          LI: in line

                                          —

                                          V: in V

                                          —

                                          O: opposed-cylinder engine

                                          —

                                          S: single-cylinder engine

                                    R: rotatory piston engine.

                                 (27)

                              In the case of more than one electric motor indicate the addition of all the engines.

                                 (28)

                              Indicate the longitudinal distance between front axle and sidecar axle.

                                 (29)

                              For compression ignition engines only.

                     (1)  Suppress the entry if not applicable.

                     (2)  Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one entry is applicable).

                     (3)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (4)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                     (5)  Only for L3e-A2 or L4e-A2 motorcycles

                     (6)  Only for L7e motorcycles

               ANNEX II

                  Templates for the manufacturer’s statements on endurance testing and vehicle structure integrity

               1.   General requirements

                           1.1.

                           The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 22(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, a signed statement (see model in point 1.3.), confirming that each vehicle shall operate as intended throughout its normal life, if used under normal conditions and serviced according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, and that the endurance of the systems, parts and equipment critical for functional safety is ensured through appropriate testing and the use of good engineering practice.

                           1.2.

                           The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with point 1.1. of Annex XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014, a signed statement (see model in point 1.4.), confirming that all vehicles shall be constructed in a proper manner and that the vehicle type has been designed to be sufficiently robust to withstand its intended use over its lifetime.

                           1.3.

                           Model of the manufacturer’s statement on endurance testing (Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014)

                              Manufacturer’s statement on endurance testing (Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014)

                           A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder
                           The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                           Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
                           Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
                           Hereby states that the vehicles:

                                       0.1.

                                       Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                                       0.2.

                                       Type (1): …

                                       0.2.1.

                                       Variant(s) (1): …

                                       0.2.2.

                                       Version(s) (1): …

                                       0.2.3.

                                       Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                       0.3.

                                       Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (2): …

                                 for which type-approval is sought shall withstand normal use as intended for at least … km travelled within five years of first registration, taking into account regular and scheduled maintenance and specific equipment adjustments, as described clearly and unambiguously in the instructions manual delivered with the vehicles.
                           The undersigned furthermore confirms that the endurance of the systems, parts and equipment critical for functional safety is ensured through appropriate testing and the use of good engineering practice.
                           This declaration has no bearing on any vehicle warranty.
                           Place: … Date: …
                           Signature: … Name and position in the company: …

                           1.4.

                           Model of the manufacturer’s statement on structure integrity (point 1.1. of Annex XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014)

                              Manufacturer’s statement on structure integrity (Annex XIX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014)

                           A duly completed version of this statement shall be included in the information folder.
                           The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                           Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
                           Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …
                           Hereby states that the vehicles:

                                       0.1.

                                       Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                                       0.2.

                                       Type (1): …

                                       0.2.1.

                                       Variant(s) (1): …

                                       0.2.2.

                                       Version(s) (1): …

                                       0.2.3.

                                       Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                       0.3.

                                       Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (2): …

                                 shall be constructed in a proper manner and are designed to be sufficiently robust to withstand the intended use over the vehicle’s lifetime, taking into account regular and scheduled maintenance and specific equipment adjustments, as described clearly and unambiguously in the instructions manual delivered with the vehicles.
                           The undersigned furthermore agrees to and guarantees that specific analyses of vehicle structures, components and/or parts using engineering calculations, virtual testing methods and/or structural testing shall be made available in a timely manner to the approval authority and the European Commission upon request in case of a recall due to a serious safety risk.
                           This declaration applies to all vehicles covered by the type-approval to which this statement is annexed and has no bearing on any vehicle warranty.
                           Place: … Date: …
                           Signature: … Name and position in the company: …

                  Explanatory notes relating to Annex II

               (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s statements)

                  (1)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I.

                  (2)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

               ANNEX III

                  Templates for the manufacturer’s certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle on-board diagnostics (OBD) and to vehicle repair and maintenance information

                           1.

                           The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 57(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 the certificates providing proof of compliance to the type-approval authority on access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information which shall take the form set out in points 2. and 3.

                           1.1.

                           The certificates shall have a reference number supplied by the manufacturer.

                           2.

                           Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD stage I and vehicle repair and maintenance information.

                           2.1.

                           Template of manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and vehicle repair and maintenance information.

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                       A duly completed version of this certificate shall be included in the information folder.
                                       Reference number: …
                                       The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                                       Company name and address of the manufacturer: ….
                                       Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any) (1): …
                                       Hereby certifies that:
                                       it provides access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in compliance with
                                       - Chapter XV of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013
                                       with respect to the types of vehicle, engine and pollution-control device listed in Addendum 1 to this certificate.
                                       The following derogation is applied: carry-over systems (1).
                                       The principal website addresses, through which the relevant information may be accessed and which are hereby certified to be in compliance with the above provisions, are listed in Addendum 2 to this certificate along with the contact details of the manufacturer’s representative listed in Addendum 3 to this certificate, whose signature is below.
                                       Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that it has complied with the obligation in Article 57(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 to provide the relevant information for previous approvals of these vehicle types no later than six months after the date of type-approval.
                                       Place: … Date: …
                                       Signature: … Name and position in the company: …
                                       Addenda:

                                                   1

                                                   :

                                                   List of the types of vehicle, engine and pollution-control device

                                                   2

                                                   :

                                                   Web sites addresses

                                                   3

                                                   :

                                                   Contact details

                           2.1.1.

                           Template of Addendum 1 to the manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and repair and maintenance information.

                                          Addendum 1

                                          to

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                          List of the types of vehicle:

                                                   0.2.

                                                   Type (2): …

                                                   0.2.1.

                                                   Variant(s) (2): …

                                                   0.2.2.

                                                   Version(s) (2): …

                                                   0.2.3.

                                                   Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                                   0.3.

                                                   Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (3): …

                                                   1.

                                                   Type-approval number including extension number (if available): …

                                                   1.1.

                                                   Type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                                          List of the types of engines:

                                                   3.

                                                   Combustion engine/ electric motor/hybrid application (1) code: …

                                                   3.1.

                                                   Type-approval number (if available): …

                                                   3.2.

                                                   Type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                                          List of the types of pollution-control devices:

                                                   0.7.

                                                   Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                                                   0.8.

                                                   Type: …

                                                   0.8.1.

                                                   Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                                   0.8.2.

                                                   Type-approval number including extension number (if available): …

                                                   0.8.3.

                                                   Type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                           2.1.2.

                           Template of Addendum 2 to the manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and repair and maintenance information.

                                          Addendum 2

                                          to

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                       Web site addresses referred to in this certificate
                                       …
                                       …
                                       …

                           2.1.3.

                           Template of Addendum 3 to the manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and repair and maintenance information.

                                          Addendum 3

                                          to

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD (stage I) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                       Contact details of the manufacturer’s representative referred to in this certificate
                                       …
                                       …
                                       …

                           3.

                           For vehicles complying with OBD stage II as referred to in Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014, the manufacturer may fill out the certificate set out in point 3.2 on a voluntary basis and add this to the information folder.

                           3.1.

                           The certificate shall have a reference number supplied by the manufacturer.

                           3.2.

                           Template of certificate supplementing the manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage II) and repair and maintenance information.

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage II) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                       A duly completed version of this certificate shall be included in the information folder.
                                       Reference number: …
                                       The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                                       Company name and address of the manufacturer: …
                                       Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any) (1): …
                                       Hereby certifies that:

                                                   —

                                                   the vehicle types listed in Addendum 1 to this certificate are in compliance with the provisions of Article 16 and point 4 of Appendix 1 to Annex XII to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 relating to the in-use performance of the OBD system under all reasonable foreseeable driving conditions.

                                                   —

                                                   the plans describing the detailed technical criteria for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor in Addendum 2 to this certificate are correct and complete for all types of vehicles to which this certificate applies.

                                             Place: … Date: …
                                       Signature: … Name and position in the company: …
                                       Addenda:

                                                   —

                                                   List of vehicle types to which this certificate applies.

                                                   —

                                                   Plan(s) describing the detailed technical criteria for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor as well as plan(s) for disabling numerators, denominators and general denominator.

                           3.2.1.

                           Template of Addendum 1 to the manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle OBD (stage II) and repair and maintenance information.

                                          Addendum 1

                                          to

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD (stage II) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                          List of the types of vehicle:

                                                   0.2.

                                                   Type (2): …

                                                   0.2.1.

                                                   Variant(s) (2): …

                                                   0.2.2.

                                                   Version(s) (2): …

                                                   0.2.3.

                                                   Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                                                   0.3.

                                                   Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (3): …

                                                   1.

                                                   Type-approval number (if available): …

                                                   1.1.

                                                   Type-approval issued on (date, if available): …

                           3.2.2.

                           Template of Addendum 2 to the manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the OBD in-use performance requirements.

                                          Addendum 2

                                          to

                                          Manufacturer’s certificate with reference number … on access to vehicle OBD (stage II) and vehicle repair and maintenance information

                                       Plan(s) describing the detailed technical criteria for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor as well as plan(s) for disabling numerators, denominators and general denominator. …
                                       …
                                       …

                  Explanatory notes relating to Annex III

               (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s declaration)

                  (1)  Delete if not applicable.

                  (2)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I. For the identification of variant and versions it may be employed the matrix set out in point 2.2 of Part B of Annex I.

                  (3)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

               ANNEX IV

                  Templates for the certificates of conformity

               LIST OF APPENDICES

                           Appendix Number

                           Appendix title

                           Page

                           1

                           Models for the certificate of conformity

                           136

                           2

                           Information and entries to be included in the certificates of conformity issued in accordance with the template set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC

                           144

                     0.   Objectives

               The certificate of conformity enables the competent authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without requiring the applicant to supply additional technical documentation. For these purposes, the certificate of conformity has to include:

                           (a)

                           the vehicle identification number;

                           (b)

                           the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (e.g. it is not permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries).

                     1.   General requirements

                           1.1.

                           The vehicle manufacturer shall provide, in accordance with Article 38(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, a certificate of conformity for each vehicle in the series of the type which has been approved, which template is set out in the Appendix 1.

                           1.2.

                           The certificate of conformity shall consist of two sections.

                                       (a)

                                       Section 1 contains a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. There are different templates for section 1 according to the vehicles covered, as specified in point 2.

                                       (b)

                                       Section 2 is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle. The template for section 2 is common to all vehicle categories. Those entries which are not applicable to the certified vehicle can be supressed.

                           1.3.

                           The certificate of conformity shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm).

                           1.4

                           All information on the Certificate of Conformity shall be provided in ISO 8859 series characters (for Certificates of Conformity issued in Bulgarian Language in Cyril characters, for Certificates of Conformity issued in Greek Language in Greek characters) and Arabic numerals.

                           1.5.

                           Without prejudice to the provisions in section 0(b), the values and units indicated in Section 2 shall be those given in the type-approval documentation of this implementing act. In the case of conformity of production checks, the values shall be verified according to the methods laid down in Annex IV to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014. The tolerances allowed are those indicated in the relevant delegated acts.

                           1.6.

                           The vehicle manufacturer shall endeavour to make available an electronic version of the certificate of conformity to the registration authority of the Member State performing the first registration of the vehicle containing the identical information as stated on the certificate of conformity of the vehicle.

                           1.7.

                           The certificate of conformity of vehicles of category L3 capable of converting their performance levels between subcategories (L3e/L4e)-A2 and (L3e/L4e)-A3 according to the procedure established in point 4. of Annex III to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 shall bear the data of the vehicle configuration at the end of the production line in the factory when finally set to one of the two possible configurations. In addition, it shall bear certain characteristics of the vehicle configuration in case it is retrofitted after first registration, which are identified as corresponding to the converted vehicle (CV), as well as entry 8.1. to clearly state that the vehicle is appropriate for converting its performance level.

                           1.8.

                           Relevant information and entries of the certificate of conformity which are not present in the template set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC shall be introduced respectively in the entries No 04 ‘Vehicle category’ and 50 ‘Remarks’ of the certificates of conformity issued according to that template, as indicated in Appendix 2.

                     2.   Special provisions

                           2.1.

                           Model A of the certificate of conformity (complete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can be used on the road without further approval.

                           2.2.

                           Model B of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicles which can also be used on the road without requiring any further approval, and which have previously undergone an additional approval stage.
                           This is the normal result of the multi-stage approval process (e.g. a commercial tricycle (L5e-B) built by a second-stage manufacturer on a chassis built by another vehicle manufacturer).
                           The additional features added during the multi-stage process shall be described briefly and the certificates of conformity obtained at the previous stages shall be annexed.

                           2.3.

                           Model C of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which need a further stage for their approval and cannot be permanently registered or used on the road (e.g. a heavy quadri-mobile for utility purposes (L7e-CU) chassis).

                     3.   Paper and security printing features to prevent forgery

                           3.1.

                           In accordance with Article 38(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the certificate of conformity shall be made in such a way as to prevent any forgery. For this purpose, the paper used for the certificate of conformity shall be protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer and by coloured graphics.

                           3.2.

                           As an alternative to the requirements set out in point 3.1., the paper of the Certificate of conformity may be not protected by a watermark in the form of the registered mark of the manufacturer. In this case, the coloured graphics shall be supplemented with at least one additional security printing feature (e.g. ultraviolet fluorescent ink, inks with viewing angle-dependent colour, inks with temperature-dependent colour, micro printing, guilloche printing, iridescent printing, laser engraving, custom holograms, variable laser images, optical variable images, physically embossed or engraved manufacturer's logo, etc.)

                           3.3.

                           Manufacturers may provide the certificate of conformity with security printing features additional to those set out in points 3.1. and 3.2.

                  Appendix 1

                     Models for the certificate of conformity

                  CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY ACCOMPANYING EACH VEHICLE IN THE SERIES OF THE TYPE WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED
                  MODEL A — Section 1
                  Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm) or folded to A4 format
                  COMPLETE VEHICLES

                              [Year](0)(1)

                              [Sequential number](0)(1)

                     EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

                  The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                  hereby certifies that the following complete vehicle:

                              0.1

                              Make (trade name of the manufacturer):

                              0.2.

                              Type(5): … (CV* Type(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(5): … (CV* Variant(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(5): … (CV* Version(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name (if available): … (CV* Commercial name (if available)(3i)): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6): … (CV* Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6)(3i)) …

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative (if any)(3): …

                              0.5.1.

                              Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate(s)(7)(8): …

                              0.5.2.

                              Method of attachment of the manufacturer's statutory plate(s): …

                              0.6.

                              Location of the vehicle identification number(7): …

                              1.

                              Vehicle identification number: …

                        conforms in all respects to the type described in EU type-approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and
                  can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left(1)-hand traffic and using metric/imperial(1) units for the speedometer(e).
                  (Place) (Date) … Signature: …

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘PROVISIONAL EU-CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF …(MS)’. The provisional certificate of conformity shall also display in its title, instead of ‘COMPLETE VEHICLES’ the phrase: ‘FOR COMPLETE VEHICLES, TYPE-APPROVED IN APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 40(2) OF REGULATION (EU) No 168/2013 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL OF 15 JANUARY OF 2013 ON THE APPROVAL AND MARKET SURVEILLANCE OF TWO- OR THREE-WHEEL VEHICLES AND QUADRICYCLES (PROVISIONAL APPROVAL)’ in accordance with Article 38(7) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              —

                              If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, it shall display in its title, instead of ‘COMPLETE VEHICLES’ the phrase: ‘FOR COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES’ and in close proximity the year and the sequential number of production in accordance with Article 38(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                        CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY ACCOMPANYING EACH VEHICLE IN THE SERIES OF THE TYPE WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED
                  MODEL B — Section 1
                  Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm) or folded to A4 format
                  COMPLETED VEHICLES

                              [Year](0)(1)

                              [Sequential number](0)(1)

                     EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

                  The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                  hereby certifies that the following completed vehicle:

                              0.1.

                              Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type(5): … (CV* Type(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(5): … (CV* Variant(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(5): … (CV* Version(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name (if available): … (CV* Commercial name (if available)(3i)): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6): … (CV* Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6)(3i)) …

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative (if any)(3): …

                              0.5.1.

                              Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate(s)(7)(8): …

                              0.5.2.

                              Method of attachment of the manufacturer's statutory plate(s): …

                              0.6.

                              Location of the vehicle identification number(7): …

                              1.

                              Vehicle identification number: …

                        has been completed and altered as follows: … and
                  conforms in all respects to the type described in EU type-approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and
                  can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left(1)-hand traffic and using metric/imperial(1) units for the speedometer(e).
                  (Place) (Date) … Signature: …
                  Attachment: Certificates of conformity delivered at previous stages.

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘PROVISIONAL EU-CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF …(MS)’. The provisional certificate of conformity shall also display in its title, instead of ‘COMPLETED VEHICLES’ the phrase: ‘FOR COMPLETED VEHICLES, TYPE-APPROVED IN APPLICATION OF ARTICLE 40(2) OF REGULATION (EU) No 168/2013 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL OF 15 JANUARY OF 2013 ON THE APPROVAL AND MARKET SURVEILLANCE OF TWO- OR THREE-WHEEL VEHICLES AND QUADRICYCLES (PROVISIONAL APPROVAL)’ in accordance with Article 38(7) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              —

                              If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, it shall display in its title, instead of ‘COMPLETED VEHICLES’ the phrase: ‘FOR COMPLETED VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES’ and in close proximity the year and the sequential number of production in accordance with Article 38(8) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                        CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY ACCOMPANYING EACH VEHICLE IN THE SERIES OF THE TYPE WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED
                  MODEL C — Section 1
                  Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm) or folded to A4 format
                  INCOMPLETE VEHICLES

                     EU CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

                  The undersigned: [… (full name and position)]
                  hereby certifies that the following incomplete vehicle:

                              0.1.

                              Make (trade name of the manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type(5): … (CV* Type(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(5): … (CV* Variant(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(5): … (CV* Version(5)(3i)): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name (if available): … (CV* Commercial name (if available)(3i)): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6): … (CV* Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle(6)(3i)) …

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative (if any)(3): …

                              0.5.1.

                              Location of the manufacturer's statutory plate(7)(8): …

                              0.5.2.

                              Method of attachment of the manufacturer's statutory plate(s): …

                              0.6.

                              Location of the vehicle identification number(7): …

                              1.

                              Vehicle identification number: …

                        conforms in all respects to the type described in EU type-approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and
                  cannot be permanently registered without further approvals.
                  (Place) (Date) … Signature: …
                  Attachment: Certificates of conformity delivered at previous stages.
                  Section 2
                  VEHICLE CATEGORY L
                  (COMPLETE, COMPLETED AND INCOMPLETE VEHICLES)

                     General construction characteristics

                              1.3.

                              Number of axles: … and wheels: …

                              1.3.1.

                              Axles with twinned wheels(2)(3): …

                              1.3.2.

                              Powered axles(2): …

                              6.2.4.

                              Advanced braking system: ABS / CBS / Both ABS and CBS / None (1)(3): …

                     Main dimensions

                              2.2.1.

                              Length: … mm

                              2.2.2.

                              Width: … mm

                              2.2.3.

                              Height: … mm

                              2.2.4.

                              Wheelbase: … mm

                              2.2.4.1.

                              Wheelbase sidecar(3a)(3k): … mm

                              2.2.5.

                              Track width(3)

                              2.2.5.1.

                              Track width front(3c): … mm.

                              2.2.5.2.

                              Track width rear(3c): … mm.

                              2.2.5.3.

                              Track width sidecar(3k): … mm.

                              2.2.10.6.

                              Ground clearance between the axles(3d): … mm

                              2.2.15.

                              Wheelbase to ground clearance ratio(3f): … [no unit]

                              2.2.17.

                              Seat height(3d): … mm

                     Masses

                              2.1.1.

                              Mass in running order: … kg

                              2.1.2.

                              Actual mass: … kg

                              2.1.3.

                              Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg

                              2.1.3.1.

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on front axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.2.

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on rear axle: … kg

                              2.1.3.3.

                              Technically permissible maximum mass on sidecar axle(3k): … kg

                              2.1.7.

                              Technically permissible maximum towable mass(3): Braked: … kg Unbraked: … kg

                              2.1.7.1.

                              Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination(3): … kg

                              2.1.7.2.

                              Technically permissible maximum mass at the coupling point(3): … kg

                     Powertrain

                              3.1.1.1.

                              Manufacturer(3n): …

                              3.1.1.2.

                              Engine code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification)(3n): …

                              3.2.1.2.

                              Working principle of the combustion engine: internal combustion engine (ICE)/positive ignition/compression ignition/external combustion engine (ECE)/turbine/compressed air(1)(3n):

                              3.2.1.4.1.

                              Number of cylinders(3n): …

                              3.2.1.4.2.

                              Arrangement of cylinders(3n)(f): …

                              3.2.1.5.

                              Engine capacity: …cm3(3n)

                              1.9.

                              Maximum net power(3n): … kW (at … min–1)(3n) (CV*: … kW (at … min–1)((3n))(3i)

                              1.10.

                              Ratio maximum net power/mass of the vehicle in running order(3n): … kW/kg (CV*: … kW/kg)((3n)(3i)

                              3.2.3.1.

                              Fuel type: … (3n)(g)

                              3.2.3.2.

                              Vehicle fuel combination: mono-fuel/bi-fuel/flex-fuel(1)(3n)

                              3.2.3.2.1.

                              Maximum amount of bio-fuel acceptable in fuel(3n): … % by volume

                              3.1.2.1.

                              Manufacturer(3o): …

                              3.1.2.2.

                              Electric motor code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification)(3o): …

                              3.3.3.4.

                              15/30(1) minutes power(3o)(r): … kW

                              3.1.3.1.

                              Manufacturer(3p): …

                              3.1.3.2.

                              Application code (as marked on the engine or other means of identification)(3p): …

                              3.3.1.

                              Electric vehicle configuration: pure electric/hybrid electric/manpower — electric(1)((3o)(3p):

                              3.3.5.2.

                              Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging/not off-vehicle charging(1)(3p)

                              3.9.2.

                              Maximum assistance factor(3q): …

                     Maximum speed

                              1.8.

                              Maximum speed of vehicle(9): … km/h (CV*: … km/h)((9)(3i)

                              3.9.3.

                              Maximum vehicle speed for which the electric motor gives assistance(3q): … km/h

                     Drive-train and control

                              3.5.3.9.

                              Transmission (type)(h): …

                              3.5.4.

                              Gear ratios(t): 1 … 2 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 6 …

                              3.5.4.1.

                              Final drive ratio: …

                              3.5.4.2.

                              Overall gear ratio in highest gear(3d): …

                     Installation of tyres

                              6.18.1.1.

                              Tyre size designation(s): Axle 1: … Axle 2 … sidecar wheel …

                     Bodywork

                              6.20.2.1.

                              Door configuration and number of doors(3g) (i) (j): …

                              6.16.1.

                              Number of seating positions: …

                              6.16.1.1.

                              Location and arrangement(3g)(k): …

                     Coupling devices

                              7.2.8.

                              Type-approval number of coupling-device(3):

                     Environmental performance

                              4.0.1.

                              Environmental step(p): Euro … (3/4/5)(1)

                              4.0.2.

                              Sound level measured according to(m)(n):

                              4.0.2.1.

                              Stationary: … dB(A) (CV*: … dB(A))(3i) at engine speed: … min–1 (CV*: … min–1)(3i)

                              4.0.2.2.

                              Drive-by: … dB(A) (CV*: … dB(A))(3i)

                              3.2.15.

                              Exhaust emissions measured according to(m)(o)

                              3.2.15.1.

                              Type V test: tailpipe emissions after cold start, including the deterioration factor, if applicable:

                                          CO:

                                          mg/km

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                                          THC:

                                          mg/km

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                                          NMHC:

                                          mg/km(3)

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                                          NOx:

                                          mg/km

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                                          HC+NOx:

                                          mg/km(3)

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                                          PM:

                                          mg/km(3)

                                          (CV*: … mg/km)(3i)

                              3.2.15.2.

                              Type II test: tailpipe emissions at (increased) idle and free acceleration:
                              HC: … ppm (CV*: … ppm)(3i) at normal idling speed and: … ppm (CV*: … ppm)(3i) at high idle speed
                              CO: …% vol. (CV*: … % vol.)(3i) at normal idling speed and: …% vol. (CV*: … % vol.)(3i) at high idle speed

                              3.2.15.3.

                              Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … m–1(3e) (CV*: … m–1) (3e)(3i)

                     Energy efficiency

                              4.0.3.1.

                              CO2 emissions(3): g/km (CV*: … g/km)(3)(3i)

                              4.0.3.2.

                              Fuel consumption(3): l/kg(1)/100 km (CV*: l/kg(1)/100 km)(3)(3i)

                              4.0.3.3.

                              Energy consumption(3): Wh/km (CV*: … Wh/km)(3)(3i)

                              4.0.3.4.

                              Electric range(3): km (CV*: … km)(3)(3i)

                     Conversion of the performance of the vehicle
                     (3i):

                              8.1.

                              Vehicle appropriate for converting its performance level between subcategories (L3e/L4e)-A2 and (L3e/L4e)-A3 and vice versa: yes/no(1)(3i) (*1)

                     Additional information
                     (3):

                              9.1.

                              Remarks(3):

                              9.2.

                              Exemptions(3):

                     (*1)  CV means converted vehicle, and this entry states the information of the temporarily and reversibly modified configuration of the vehicle once it has been converted after first registration according to the manufacturer’s specifications in order to re-register it nationally (e.g. first registered L3e-A2 motorcycle converted to L3e-A3 motorcycle).(3i)

                  Appendix 2

                     Information and entries to be included in the certificates of conformity issued in accordance with the template set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC

                  I)   Information to be included in entry No 04

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (1) (1): …

                        II)   Entries to be included in entry No 50

                     General construction characteristics

                              6.2.4.

                              Advanced braking system: ABS / CBS / Both ABS and CBS / None (2) (3):

                     Masses

                              2.1.2.

                              Actual mass: … kg

                     Powertrain

                              3.3.3.4.

                              15/30 (2) minutes power (3o) (2): … kW

                              3.9.2.

                              Maximum assistance factor (3q): …

                     Maximum speed

                              3.9.3.

                              Maximum vehicle speed for which the electric motor gives assistance (3q): … km/h

                     Energy efficiency

                              4.0.3.1.

                              CO2 emissions(3)(q):

                              g/km

                              (CV (*1): … g/km)(3)(q)(3i)

                              4.0.3.2.

                              Fuel consumption(3)(q):

                              l/kg(1)/100 km

                              (CV (*1): … l/kg(1)/100 km)(3)(q)(3i)

                              4.0.3.3.

                              Energy consumption(3)(q):

                              Wh/km

                              (CV (*1): … Wh/km)(3)(q)(3i)

                              4.0.3.4.

                              Electric range(3):

                              km

                              (CV (*1): … km)(3)(3i)

                     Conversion of the performance of the vehicle (3i):

                              8.1.

                              Vehicle appropriate for converting its performance level between subcategories (L3e/L4e)-A2 and (L3e/L4e)-A3 and vice versa: yes/no (2) (3i)

                     Explanatory notes relating to Annex IV

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the certificate of conformity) with the exception of footnote (*))

                              (0)

                              Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              (MS)

                              Indicate the Member State.

                              (2)

                              Axles with twinned wheels/powered:

                                 F: front

                                 R: rear

                                 M: middle (for vehicles with sidecar)

                                 F & R: front and rear
                              Examples:
                              —   twinned wheels: F (front twinned wheels for a vehicle of subcategory L5e-A)
                              —   powered axles: R (rear powered axle for a L3e-A1 motorcycle)

                              (5)

                              Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to the vehicle as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                              (7)

                              Indicate the location of the centre of the VIN/statutory plate by the following codes:

                                          —

                                          R. right side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          C: centre of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          L: left side of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          x: horizontal distance (in mm) from the front-most axle (preceded by ‘-‘ (i.e. minus) if located in front of the front axle)

                                          —

                                          y: horizontal distance (in mm) from the longitudinal centre line of the vehicle

                                          —

                                          z: distance (in mm) from the ground

                                          —

                                          (r/o): parts needing to be removed or opened for access to the marking.

                                    Example for a VIN fitted on the right side of a motorcycle steering head-pipe, 500 mm behind the front axle, 30 mm from the centre-line and 1 100 mm high:
                              R, x500, y30, z1100
                              Example for a statutory plate fitted to a quadricycle, on the right side of the vehicle, 100 mm in front of the front axle, 950 mm from the longitudinal centre line of the vehicle and 700 mm high, under the bonnet:
                              R, x-100, y950, z700 (r/o)

                              (8)

                              In case of multi-stage approval, supply this information for each stage.

                              (9)

                              Indicate the following value according to the category of the vehicle:
                              —   for cycles designed to pedal (L1e): the maximum speed for which the electric motor provides assistance;
                              —   for (sub) categories: L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C: the measured maximum speed of the vehicle;
                              —   for (sub) categories L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A and L7e-B2: the maximum design vehicle speed.

                              (e)

                              This statement does not restrict the right of any Member State to require technical adaptations in order to allow the registration of a vehicle in a Member State other than that for which it was intended and where traffic drives on the opposite side of the road.

                              (f)

                              Indicate the arrangement of the cylinders by following codes:
                              —   LI: in line
                              —   V: in V
                              —   O: opposed-cylinder engine
                              —   S: single-cylinder engine
                              —   R: rotatory piston engine.

                              (g)

                              Indicate fuel type by the following codes:
                              —   P: petrol
                              —   B5: diesel
                              —   M: mixture
                              —   LPG: liquid petroleum gas
                              —   NG: natural gas
                              —   BM: biomethane
                              —   E5: petrol E5
                              —   E10: petrol E10
                              —   E85: ethanol E85
                              —   BD: biodiesel
                              —   H2
                                 : hydrogen
                              —   H2NG: mixture of hydrogen and natural gas
                              —   A: compressed air
                              —   O: other.

                              (h)

                              Indicate the transmission type by the following codes:
                              —   M: manual
                              —   A: automatic
                              —   C: CVT.
                              —   O: other
                              —   W: wheel-hub engine

                              (i)

                              For vehicles with bodywork.

                              (j)

                              Indicate the configuration by following codes:
                              —   R: right side of the vehicle
                              —   L: left side of the vehicle
                              —   F: front side of the vehicle
                              —   RE: rear side of the vehicle
                              Example for a vehicle with 2 left-side doors and 1 right door:
                              2 L, 1R

                              (k)

                              Indicate the position by the following codes:
                              —   rx: row number
                              —   R: right side of the vehicle
                              —   C: centre of the vehicle
                              —   L: left side of the vehicle
                              Example for a vehicle with a first row with 2 front seating positions, 1 right, 1 left and a second row with 1 rear seating positions, 1 centre:
                              r1: 1R,1L r2: 1C

                              (m)

                              Number of the Commission Delegated Regulation and latest amending Commission Delegated Regulation applicable to the type-approval. In the case of a Commission Delegated Regulation with two or more implementation stages; indicate also the implementation stage and/or code. Alternatively indicate the number of the applicable UNECE Regulation.

                              (n)

                              Rounded to the nearest whole number.

                              (o)

                              Rounded to the nearest thousandth for g/km and g/min, to the nearest tenth for % and to the nearest hundredth for % vol.

                              (p)

                              Add the number of the Euro level and the character corresponding to the provisions used for type-approval.

                              (q)

                              For externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles, the “weighted, combined” values for CO2, fuel consumption and electric energy consumption shall be indicated.

                              (t)

                              For vehicles equipped with CVT indicate the following: 1 ‘gear ratio at maximum design vehicle speed’ 2 ‘gear ratio at maximum peak power’; 3: ‘gear ration at maximum peak torque’. The gear ratios shall include the gear ratio of the primary transmission ratio (if applicable) and be supplemented with an acceptable tolerance band to the satisfaction of the approval authority. For wheel hub engines without gear drive indicate ‘n/a’ or ‘1’.

                              (s)

                              The information contained in this entry shall be stated in entry No 04. "Vehicle category" of the certificates of conformity issued in accordance with the template set out in Annex IV to Directive 2002/24/EC.

                     (1)  Classification in accordance with categories and subcategories in Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. The coding should be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motorcycle.

                     (1)  Indicate: tyre size designation, minimum load-capacity index, minimum-speed category symbol, tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer (kPa) and rim size.

                     (2)  Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one entry is applicable).

                     (3)
                  Suppress this entry of the certificate of conformity if not applicable to the vehicle

                              (3a)

                              Indicate the longitudinal distance between front axle and sidecar axle.

                              (3b)

                              applicable only for subcategories L2e-U, L5e-B, L6e-BU, L7e-CU

                              (3c)

                              applicable only for L2e, L4e, L5e, L6e, L7e or any other type of vehicle if equipped with twinned wheels

                              (3d)

                              applicable only for subcategory L3e-AxE endurance motorcycles and L3e-AxT trial motorcycles

                              (3e)

                              applicable only for vehicles with compression engine

                              (3f)

                              applicable only for subcategory L7e-B

                              (3g)

                              applicable only for vehicle categories L2e, L5e, L6e and L7e

                              (3h)

                              applicable only for vehicle categories L1e, L2e and L6e

                              (3i)

                              Information of the (L3e/L4e)-A2/(L3e/L4e)-A3 converted vehicle (CV) applicable only for vehicles laid down in point 1.7 of this Annex

                              (3k)

                              applicable only for vehicle category L4e

                              (3n)

                              applicable only for vehicles fitted with combustion engine

                              (3o)

                              applicable only for vehicles fitted with electric motor

                              (3p)

                              applicable only for vehicles fitted with hybrid application

                              (3q)

                              applicable only for cycles designed to pedal

                     (2)  In the case of more than one electric motor indicate the addition of all the engines.

                     (*1)  CV means converted vehicle, and this entry states the information of the temporarily and reversibly modified configuration of the vehicle once it has been converted after first registration according to the manufacturer’s specifications in order to re-register it nationally (e.g. first registered L3e-A2 motorcycle converted to L3e-A3 motorcycle). (3i)

               ANNEX V

                  Models for the statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

               LIST OF APPENDICES

                           Appendix Number

                           Appendix title

                           Page

                           1

                           Examples of the manufacturer’s data plate

                           153

                           2

                           Examples of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark

                           155

                     1.   General requirements for vehicle marking

                           1.1.

                           All vehicles shall be provided with the plate described in this section in conformity with Article 39(1) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. The plate shall be attached by the vehicle manufacturer.

                           1.2.

                           Characters

                           1.2.1.

                           Alphanumeric characters (roman letters or Arabic numerals) shall be used for the markings in points 2.1.1.1. to 2.1.2., 3.2.2. to 3.2.5. and 4.2.1.1. to 4.2.1.9.. However, markings in section 3. shall use capital roman letters (upper case).

                           1.2.2.

                           In addition, the manufacturer’s name or trade name and the vehicle type designation may include the following symbols/characters: ‘*’ (the asterisk symbol), ‘&’ (the and mark), ‘-’ (hyphen or minus mark) and the ‘′’ (the prime or apostrophe mark). The stationary sound level may include the character ‘-’.

                           1.3.

                           Minimum height of letters and figures.

                           1.3.1.

                           Characters marked directly on the chassis, frame or similar structure of the vehicle shall have a minimum height of 4.0 mm.

                           1.3.2.

                           Characters marked on the statutory plate shall have a minimum height of 2,0 mm.

                     2.   Statutory plate

                           2.1.

                           A statutory plate, using the model set out in Appendix 1 shall be firmly attached in a conspicuous and readily accessible position to part of the vehicle which is unlikely to be replaced during normal use, regular maintenance or repair (e.g. due to accident damage).

                           2.1.1.

                           The information on the plate shall be clearly legible, indelible and shall contain the following information in the order given below and on the same line, if possible:

                           2.1.1.1.

                           The name of the manufacturer or the trade name;

                           2.1.1.2.

                           Vehicle category including the subcategory and the sub-subcategory(1);

                           2.1.1.3.

                           The EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VII to this Regulation;

                           2.1.1.4.

                           The vehicle identification number (VIN); consisting of a structured combination of characters in accordance with the requirements set out in section 3. of this Annex;

                           2.1.1.5.

                           The stationary sound level in the following format: ‘… dB(A) — … min–1’ (in case of vehicles not being subject to the stationary sound level test, the information shall be displayed as ‘- - - dB(A) — - - - min–1’);

                           2.1.1.6.

                           Engine power in the following format: ‘… kW’ (this entry shall be omitted for vehicles with no restrictions on maximum engine power); .maximum vehicle design speed in the following format: ‘… km/h’ (this entry shall be omitted for vehicles with no restrictions on maximum speed); and technically permissible maximum laden mass in the following format: ‘max … kg’. Each entry separated by one or more spaces.

                           2.1.2.

                           The manufacturer may give additional information below or to the side of the prescribed statutory plate, outside a clearly marked rectangle which shall enclose only the information prescribed in points 2.1.1.1. to 2.1.1.8. (see examples in Appendix 1)

                     3.   Requirements for the VIN

               The VIN shall meet the following requirements:

                           3.1.

                           General requirements

                           3.1.1.

                           A VIN shall be marked on each vehicle.

                           3.1.2.

                           The VIN shall be unique and unequivocally attributed to a particular vehicle.

                           3.1.3.

                           The VIN shall be marked on the statutory plate, as well as on the chassis, frame or a similar structure of the vehicle when the vehicle leaves the production line.

                           3.1.4.

                           It shall be hammered, punched, etched or laser-engraved directly onto an easily accessible part on the right side of the vehicle in a way which avoids obliteration, alteration and removal

                           3.1.5.

                           The manufacturer shall ensure the traceability of the vehicle by means of the VIN over a period of 30 years.

                           3.1.6.

                           The existence of measures taken by the manufacturer to ensure the traceability of the vehicle referred to in point 1.1.3.4 needs not be checked at the time of the type-approval.

                           3.2.

                           Composition of the VIN

                           3.2.1.

                           The VIN shall consist of three sections:

                                       (a)

                                       the world manufacturer identifier (WMI);

                                       (b)

                                       the vehicle descriptor section (VDS);

                                       (c)

                                       the vehicle indicator section (VIS).

                           3.2.2.

                           The WMI shall consist of a code assigned to the vehicle manufacturer to enable that person to be identified.

                           3.2.2.1.

                           The code shall comprise three alphanumeric characters which shall be assigned by the competent authority in the country where the manufacturer has his principal place of business.

                           3.2.2.2.

                           The competent authority shall act in agreement with the international organisation referred to in Standard ISO 3780: 2009 on ‘Road vehicles — World manufacturer identifier (WMI) code’.

                           3.2.2.3.

                           Where the manufacturer’s global production is less than 150 vehicles per annum, the third character shall always be ‘9’. In order to identify such manufacturers, the competent authority referred to in point 3.2.2.2. shall assign the third, the fourth and the fifth character of the VIS.

                           3.2.3.

                           The VDS shall consist of six alphanumeric characters which shall serve to indicate the general characteristics of the vehicle. Where the manufacturer does not use one or more of the six characters, the unused spaces shall be filled in with alphanumeric characters at the manufacturer’s discretion in order that the total number of characters required shall be 6.

                           3.2.4.

                           The VIS shall consist of eight alphanumeric characters of which the last four shall consist of digits only.
                           It shall provide, in conjunction with the WMI and the VDS, clear identification of a particular vehicle. Any unused space shall be filled in with the digit ‘0’ in order that the total number of characters required shall be 8.

                           3.2.5.

                           The VDS and the VIS shall be in accordance with the requirements set out in the Standard ISO 3779: 2009 on ‘Road vehicles — Vehicle identification number (VIN) – Content and structure’.

                           3.2.6.

                           There shall be no space between the characters.

                           3.2.7.

                           The use of the letters ‘I’, ‘O’ or ‘Q’ shall not be permitted.

                           3.2.8.

                           The vehicle identification number shall, if possible, be presented on a single line. When the VIN is marked on two lines, this provision shall apply to each line.

                     4.   Marking requirements for a multi-stage approval

                           4.1.

                           Base vehicle identification number
                           The VIN of the base vehicle conforming to the requirements set out in section 3. Of this Annex shall be retained during all subsequent stages of type-approval to ensure the ‘traceability’ of the process.

                           4.2.

                           Additional statutory plate.

                           4.2.1.

                           At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate prescribed in section 2., each manufacturer shall affix to the vehicle an additional plate, based on the model set out in Appendix 1 to this Annex. This plate shall be firmly attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position to a part which is not subject to replacement during normal use, regular maintenance or repair. It shall show clearly and indelibly the following information in the order listed:

                           4.2.1.1.

                           Name of the manufacturer,

                           4.2.1.2.

                           The EU type-approval number in accordance with point 3 of Annex VII to this Regulation,

                           4.2.1.3.

                           Vehicle category including the subcategory and the sub-subcategory(1); and the stage of approval (in case of base vehicles, this first-stage identification shall be omitted; in the case of subsequent stages, the information shall indicate the stage: e.g. ‘STAGE 3’ for the third stage). Each entry separated by one or more spaces,

                           4.2.1.4.

                           VIN,

                           4.2.1.5.

                           The stationary sound level in the following format: ‘… dB(A) — … min–1’ (in case of vehicles exempt from the stationary sound level test, the information shall be displayed as ‘- - - dB(A) — - - - min–1’)(2),

                           4.2.1.6.

                           Engine power in the following format: ‘… kW’ (this entry shall be omitted for vehicles with no restrictions on maximum engine power)(2); maximum vehicle design speed in the following format: ‘… km/h’ (this entry shall be omitted for vehicles with no restrictions on maximum speed)(2); and maximum permissible laden mass of the vehicle(2). Each entry separated by one or more spaces.

                     5.   Marking requirements for components or separate technical units

                           5.1.

                           Each separate technical unit or component, whether or not part of a system, which has been EU type-approved and manufactured in conformity with the approved type shall be marked with an EU type-approval mark in conformity with Article 39(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                           5.2.

                           The EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component shall consist of:

                           5.2.1.

                           A rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number (as set out in point 2.1 of Annex VII) of the Member State which has granted the EU type approval for the separate technical unit or component.

                           5.2.2.

                           In the vicinity of the rectangle, the ‘Sequential number for type-approval certificates’ contained in section 4 of the EU type-approval number as set out in point 2.4. of Annex VII. In addition, it shall be indicated the alphanumerical character as set out in Table-1 of Annex VII to clearly identify the type of component or separate technical unit.

                           5.2.3.

                           The EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark shall be affixed to the separate technical unit or component in a way which is indelible (e.g. stamped, etched, laser-engraved, self-destructing adhesive label), clearly legible and visible in the place at which it is to be fitted to the vehicle without the need to remove any parts with the use of tools.

                           5.2.4.

                           Examples of the EU type-approval mark for a separate technical unit or component are shown in Appendix 2 to this Annex. The dimensions of ‘a’ shall be ≥ 3 mm.

                           5.3.

                           In addition, the make, trade name or trade mark shall be marked in the vicinity of the EU type-approval mark.

                  Appendix 1

                     Examples of the manufacturer’s data plate

                              1.

                              Example for a moped:
                              BIANCA SCOOTER LTD.
                              L1e-B
                              e6*168/2013*01223
                              5DRH123UPAX000001
                              90 dB(A) — 3 750 min–1

                              4 kW 45 km/h max 190 kg

                              2.

                              Example for a motorcycle of subcategory A2 with electric propulsion:
                              LOUIS’ ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
                              L3e-A2
                              e12*168/2013*10920
                              PC9JZCTMYCVWS0002
                              - - - dB(A) — - - - min–1

                              35 kW max 380 kg

                              3.

                              Example for a passenger tricycle:
                              F.M. & U.Y.
                              L5e-A
                              e4*168/2013*30069
                              1FY1HAZ433K849622
                              93 dB(A) — 4 750 min–1

                              max 935 kg

                              4.

                              Example for a multi-stage (stage 2) heavy quadri-mobile for carriage of goods:
                              FOURGON-MOTORS S.A.R.L
                              L7e-CU STAGE 2
                              e50*168/2013*25089
                              VTFXXXXXXCL780002
                              101 dB(A) — 4 100 min–1

                              15 kW 78 km/h max 1 460 kg

                              5.

                              Example for a L3e-A3 motorcycle with additional information for the converted vehicle (CV), a L3e-A2 motorcycle, outside the clearly marked rectangle. In this case for the purpose of a temporary and reversible manufacturer’s authorised modification to the first registered L3e-A3 motorcycle in order to register it nationally after its conversion as a reduced-power L3e-A2 configuration (e.g. for vehicle operators with A2 driving licence):
                              MOTORUDOLPH
                              L3e-A3
                              e4*168/2013*2691
                              JRM00DBP008002211
                              84 dB(A) — 4 250 min–1

                              max 352 kg
                              L3e-A2
                              e4*168/2013*2692
                              83 dB(A) — 3 750 min–1

                              35 kW

                  Appendix 2

                     Examples of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark

                     Figure 1

                     Example of a EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark for an exhaust device (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device)

                     Explanatory note relating to figure 1

                  The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Portugal under number 00024 for an exhaust device (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device).

                     Figure 2

                     Example of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark of a noise-abatement device

                     Explanatory note relating to figure 2

                  The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Austria under number 00456 for a noise-abatement device.

                     Figure 3

                     Example of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark of a pollution-control device

                     Explanatory note relating to figure 3

                  The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Croatia under number 10678 for a pollution-control device.

                     Figure 4

                     Example of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark of a rearward visibility device

                     Explanatory note relating to figure 4

                  The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Finland under number 02884 for a rearward visibility device.

                     Figure 5

                     Example of EU separate technical unit or component type-approval mark of a trailer coupling device

                     Explanatory note relating to figure 5

                  The above EU type-approval mark was issued by Bulgaria under number 00134 for a trailer coupling device.

                     Explanatory notes relating to Annex V

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the Manufacturer’s statutory plate)

                                 (1)

                              Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, (e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motorcycle).

                                 (2)

                              Only where the value has changed during the current stage of approval.

               ANNEX VI

                  Templates for the EU type-approval certificate

               LIST OF APPENDICES

                           Appendix Number

                           Appendix title

                           Page

                           1

                           Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type

                           159

                           2

                           Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type

                           162

                           3

                           Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

                           166

                           4

                           Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system

                           170

                           5

                           Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                           172

                           6

                           Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                           174

                     1.   General requirements

                           1.1.

                           Model A of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type is set out in Appendix 1.

                           1.2.

                           Model B of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete vehicle type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type is set out in Appendix 2.

                           1.3.

                           The list of applicable requirements or acts to which the type of vehicle complies and which are appended to the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate when the manufacturer chooses the single-step type-approval procedure according to Article 30(6) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 is set out in Appendix 3.

                           1.4.

                           Model C of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system is set out in Appendix 4.

                           1.5.

                           Model D of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component is set out in Appendix 5.

                           1.5.1.

                           The addendum to the separate technical unit or component type-approval certificate is set out in Appendix 6.
                           When a component/separate technical unit has any restrictions on use, those restrictions shall be verified at the time of vehicle type-approval and indicated in this addendum.
                           This addendum also identifies the separate technical units and components which can be EU type-approved and under which conditions.

                           1.6.

                           The type-approval certificate shall be no bigger than A4 paper format (210 × 297 mm) or a folder of maximum A4 format.

                  Appendix 1

                     Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for a complete vehicle type

                     EU type-approval certificate

                  MODEL A

                     (to be used for type-approval of a complete vehicle)

                     Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

                     EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

                              Identification of type-approval authority

                        Communication concerning:

                                          —

                                          EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                              of a complete vehicle type

                        with regard to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) No …/… (1) (2)

                  EU type-approval number: …
                  Reason for extension: …

                     SECTION I

                              0.1.

                              Make (trade name of manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type (3): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(s) (3): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(s) (3): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (4): …

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of manufacturer of the complete vehicle: …

                              0.4.1.

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plants: …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of manufacturer’s authorised representative, if any: …

                     SECTION II

                              1.

                              Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …

                              2.

                              Date of test report: …

                              3.

                              Number of test report: …

                     SECTION III

                  The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer’s description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU type-approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.

                              1.

                              The complete vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              1.1.

                              Restrictions of validity (1) (5): …

                              1.2.

                              Waivers applied (1) (5) (6): …

                              1.2.1.

                              Reasons for the waivers (1) (6): …

                              1.2.2.

                              Alternative requirements (1) (6): …

                              2.

                              The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)

                              2.1.

                              The approval is granted in accordance with Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and the validity of the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy.

                        Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification): …
                  Attachments:

                              —

                              Information package

                              —

                              Test results

                              —

                              Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company

                              —

                              A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (7)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity and the waivers which have been applied in accordance with Article 30(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              —

                              If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons which support them and the alternative requirements granted pursuant to Article 42(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 1

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the type-approval certificate)

                     (1)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (2)  Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) 168/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                     (3)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (4)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                     (5)  Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                     (6)  Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     (7)  Indicate the Member State.

                  Appendix 2

                     Model of the EU whole-vehicle type-approval certificate for an incomplete type, a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants, a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants or a completed vehicle type

                     EU type-approval certificate

                  MODEL B

                     (to be used for type-approval of a completed or incomplete vehicle or a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants or with completed and incomplete variants)

                     Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

                     EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

                              Stamp of approval authority

                        Communication concerning:

                                          —

                                          EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          extension of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          refusal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          withdrawal of EU whole-vehicle type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          of a completed vehicle type(1)

                                          —

                                          of an incomplete vehicle type(1)

                                          —

                                          of a vehicle type with complete and incomplete variants(1)

                                          —

                                          of a vehicle type with completed and incomplete variants (1)

                        with regard to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) No …/… (1) (2)

                  EU type-approval number (1): ….
                  Reason for extension (1): ….

                     SECTION I

                              0.1.

                              Make (trade name of manufacturer): …

                              0.2.

                              Type (3): …

                              0.2.1.

                              Variant(s) (3): …

                              0.2.2.

                              Version(s) (3): …

                              0.2.3.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.3.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (4): …

                              0.4.

                              Company name and address of the manufacturer of the complete vehicle (1) (5):
                              Company name and address of the manufacturer of the complete variant (1) (5):
                              Company name and address of the manufacturer of the completed vehicle/variant (1) (5):
                              Company name and address of the manufacturer of the latest built stage of the incomplete vehicle (1) (5):
                              Company name(s) and address(es) of the manufacturer(s) of all previous stage(s) (1) (5):

                              0.4.1.

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …

                              0.4.2.

                              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …

                     SECTION II

                  Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests:….
                  Date of test report:….
                  Number of test report:….

                     SECTION III

                  The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer’s description in the attached information document of the vehicle type described above, for which one or more representative samples, selected by the EU approval authority, have been submitted as prototypes of the vehicle type and that the attached test results apply to the vehicle type.

                              1.

                              For complete variants

                              1.1.

                              The complete variants of the vehicle type meet/do not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              2.

                              For completed vehicles/variants

                              2.1.

                              The completed vehicle type/completed variant of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) all relevant requirements as listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 (5):

                              2.1.1.

                              The approval authority has verified that the completed vehicle/variant of the vehicle type meets all applicable technical requirements at the time of granting this type-approval (cf Article 25(6) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013).

                              3.

                              For incomplete vehicles/variants

                              3.1.

                              The incomplete vehicle type/incomplete variants of the vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of the regulatory acts listed in the table in point 2 of section 2 (5).

                              4.

                              The approval is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)

                              4.1.

                              The approval is granted in accordance with Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 and its validity is thus limited to dd/mm/yy.

                              5.

                              Restrictions of validity (1) (6): …

                              6.

                              Waivers applied (1) (6) (7): …

                              6.1.

                              Reasons for the waivers (1) (7): …

                              6.2.

                              Alternative requirements (1) (7): …

                        Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification):….
                  Attachments:

                              —

                              Information package

                              —

                              Test results

                              —

                              Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company

                              —

                              A completed specimen of the certificate of conformity

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU WHOLE-VEHICLE PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (5)’. The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity and the waivers which have been applied in accordance with Article 30(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                              —

                              If this model is used for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, it shall not bear the heading ‘EU VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE’. The text shall specify the nature of the waivers, the reasons which support them and the alternative requirements granted pursuant to Article 42(2) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     EU WHOLE-VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

                     SECTION 2

                  This EU type-approval concerns incomplete and completed vehicles, variants or versions.

                              1.

                              Previous stage(s) approval(s) for the vehicles.

                                          Stage

                                          EU type-approval number

                                          Dated

                                          Applicable to (as appropriate)

                                          Variants or versions which are complete or completed (as appropriate) (*1)

                                          1
                                          (base vehicle)

                                          2

                              2.

                              List of requirements applicable to the approved incomplete vehicle type, variant or version (as appropriate, taking account of the scope and latest amendment to each of the regulatory acts listed below).

                                          Item

                                          Subject

                                          Regulatory act reference

                                          As amended by

                                          Applicable to variant or, if need be, to version

                                             (List only subjects for which an EU type-approval/UNECE approval exists.)

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 2

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the type-approval certificate)

                     (1)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (2)  Indicate only the latest amendment in case of an amendment of one or more Articles of Regulation (EU) 168/2013, according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                     (3)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (4)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                     (5)  Indicate the Member State.

                     (6)  Applicable only for type-approval of a vehicle as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                     (7)  Applicable only for vehicle type-approval for a national small series, pursuant to Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     (*1)  In the case where the approval includes one or more incomplete variants or versions (as appropriate), list those variants or versions (as appropriate) which are complete or completed.

                  Appendix 3

                     Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

                        Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

                     List of regulatory acts with which the type of vehicle complies

                  To be filled in only in the case of type-approval in accordance with Article 30(6) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                              Item

                              Subject

                              Regulatory act reference

                              As amended by

                              Applicable to version

                                 ENVIRONMENTAL AND PROPULSION UNIT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS (EPPR)

                              1

                              Tailpipe emissions after cold start

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex II

                              2

                              Tailpipe emissions at (increased idle)/ free acceleration test

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex III

                              3

                              Emissions crank-case gases

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex IV

                              4

                              Evaporative emissions

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex V

                              5

                              Durability of pollution-control devices

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VI

                              6

                              Measurement of CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range determination

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VII

                              7

                              Environmental on-board diagnosis (OBD) tests

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII

                              8

                              Permissible sound level

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex IX

                              9

                              Procedures and technical requirements on maximum vehicle design speed, maximum torque, maximum continuous total power and maximum peak power

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex X

                              10

                              Vehicle propulsion family definition

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex XI

                                 VEHICLE FUNCTIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

                              1

                              Audible warning devices

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex II

                              2

                              Braking, including anti-lock and combined brake systems

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex III

                              3

                              Electrical safety

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex IV

                              4

                              Manufacturer declaration requirements regarding endurance testing of functional safety-critical systems, parts and equipment

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex V

                              5

                              Front and rear protective structures

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex VI

                              6

                              Glazing, windscreen wipers and washers, and defrosting and demisting systems

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex VII

                              7

                              Driver-operated controls including identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex VIII

                              8

                              Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices, including automatic switching of lighting

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex IX

                              9

                              Rearward visibility

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex X

                              10

                              Rollover protective structure (ROPS)

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XI

                              11

                              Safety-belt anchorages and safety-belts

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XII

                              12

                              Seating positions (saddles and seats)

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XIII

                              13

                              Steer-ability, cornering properties and turn-ability

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XIV

                              14

                              Installation of tyres

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XV

                              15

                              Vehicle maximum speed limitation plate and its location on the vehicle

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XVI

                              16

                              Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings and vehicle doors

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XVII

                              17

                              Maximum continuous total power and/or maximum vehicle speed limitation by design

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XVIII

                              18

                              Requirements on vehicle structure integrity

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014 Annex XIX

                                 VEHICLE CONSTRUCTION AND GENERAL TYPE-APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS

                              1

                              Powertrain tampering prevention measures (anti-tampering)

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex II

                              2

                              Arrangements for type-approval procedures

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex III

                              3

                              Conformity of production

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex IV

                              4

                              Coupling devices and attachments

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex V

                              5

                              Devices to prevent unauthorised use

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex VI

                              6

                              Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex VII

                              7

                              External projections

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex VIII

                              8

                              Fuel storage

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex IX

                              9

                              Load platforms

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex X

                              10

                              Masses and dimensions

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XI

                              11

                              On-board diagnostics (OBD) functional requirements

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XII

                              12

                              Passenger handholds and footrests

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XIII

                              13

                              Registration plate space

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XIV

                              14

                              Access to repair and maintenance information

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XV

                              15

                              Stands

                              Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014 Annex XVI

                  Appendix 4

                     Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a vehicle system

                     EU type-approval certificate

                  MODEL C

                     (to be used for type-approval of a vehicle system)

                     Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

                     EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

                              Stamp of approval authority

                        Communication concerning:

                                          —

                                          EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          extension of EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          refusal of EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          withdrawal of EU type-approval(1)

                              of a type of system/a type of a vehicle with regard to a system(1)
                                 (0)

                        with regard to Annex(es) (1) … to Commission Delegated Regulation(s) (EU) No …/…, (and Annex(es) … (1) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…) (2) as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (2) Regulation (EU) No …/… (2) (3)

                  EU type-approval number (2) (3) …
                  Reason for extension (2) …

                     SECTION I

                              0.7.

                              Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.9.

                              Company name and address of the manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …

                              0.9.2.

                              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …

                              0.10.

                              Vehicle(s) for which the system is intended for (4):

                              0.10.1.

                              Type (5):

                              0.10.2.

                              Variant(s) (5):

                              0.10.3.

                              Version(s) (5):

                              0.10.4.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available):

                              0.10.5.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (6):

                     SECTION II

                              1.

                              Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …

                              2.

                              Date of test report(s): …

                              3.

                              Number of test report(s): …

                              4.

                              Remarks (if any): …

                              5.

                              Restrictions of validity (2) (7) …

                              6.

                              Waivers applied (2) (7) …

                        Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification): …
                  Attachments:

                              —

                              Information package

                              —

                              Test report

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (8)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity and the waivers which have been applied in accordance with Article 30(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 4:
                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the type-approval certificate)

                                 (0)

                              Indicate the system according to first column of Table 1 in point 6 of Annex VII (e.g. installation of lighting and light-signalling devices).

                     (1)  The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                     (2)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (3)  Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                     (4)  Provide this information for each vehicle type.

                     (5)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (6)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. ‘L3e-A1E’ for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                     (7)  Applicable only for type-approval of a system as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     (8)  Indicate the Member State.

                  Appendix 5

                     Model of the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                     EU type-approval certificate

                  MODEL D

                     (to be used for component/separate technical unit type-approval)

                     Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

                     EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

                              Stamp of approval authority

                        Communication concerning:

                                          —

                                          EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          extension of EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          refusal of EU type-approval(1)

                                          —

                                          withdrawal of EU type-approval(1)

                              of a type of component/separate technical unit(1)
                                 (0)

                        with regard to Annex(es) … (1) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/… (and Annex(es) … (1) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…) (2), as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (2) Regulation (EU) No …/… … (2) (3)

                  EU type-approval number (2): …
                  Reason for extension (2): …

                     SECTION I

                              0.7.

                              Make(s) (trade name(s) of manufacturer): …

                              0.8.

                              Type: …

                              0.8.1.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.9.

                              Company name and address of the manufacturer: …

                              0.9.1.

                              Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): …

                              0.9.2.

                              Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …

                              0.10.

                              In the case of separate technical unit, vehicle(s) for which is intended for (4):

                              0.10.1.

                              Type (5) …

                              0.10.2.

                              Variant(s) (5): …

                              0.10.3.

                              Version(s) (5): …

                              0.10.4.

                              Commercial name(s) (if available): …

                              0.10.5.

                              Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle (6): …

                     SECTION II

                              1.

                              Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …

                              2.

                              Date of test report(s): …

                              3.

                              Number of test report(s): …

                              4.

                              Remarks (see addendum): …

                              5.

                              Restrictions of validity (2) (7): …

                              6.

                              Waivers applied (2) (7): …

                        Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification): …
                  Attachments:

                              —

                              Information package

                              —

                              Test report

                     NB:

                              —

                              If this model is used for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the heading of the certificate shall read ‘EU PROVISIONAL TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE VALID ONLY ON THE TERRITORY OF … (7)’, The provisional type-approval certificate shall also specify the restrictions that have been imposed as to its validity and the waivers which have been applied in accordance with Article 30(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 5

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the type-approval certificate)

                                 (0)

                              Indicate the component/separate technical unit according to first column of Table 1 in point 6 of Annex VII (e.g. devices to prevent unauthorised use)

                                 (5)

                              Applicable only for type-approval of a component or separate technical unit as an exemption for new technology or new concept, pursuant to Article 40 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                     (1)  The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                     (2)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (3)  Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

                     (4)  Provide this information for each vehicle type.

                     (5)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (6)  Classified according to Article 4 of and Annex I to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the coding shall be indicated, e.g. “L3e-A1E” for a low-performance Enduro motor-cycle.

                     (7)  Indicate the Member State.

                  Appendix 6

                     Model of the addendum to the EU type-approval certificate for a separate technical unit or component

                        Addendum to the EU type-approval certificate

                  ADDENDUM TO THE EU TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE WITH EU TYPE-APPROVAL NUMBER …

                              1.

                                 Restriction of use of the (1) (2)… (3): …
                              …
                              …

                              2.

                                 Special conditions for the mounting of the (1) (2)… (3): …
                              …
                              …

                              3.

                                 Remarks (1) : …
                              …
                              …

                     Explanatory notes relating to Appendix 6

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the addendum to the type-approval certificate)

                     (1)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (2)  Identify the component or separate technical unit according to the first column of Table 1 in point 6 of Annex VII to this Regulation (e.g. devices to prevent unauthorised use).

                     (3)  In accordance with Article 31(4) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, indicate the restrictions of use and the special conditions for the mounting of the component/separate technical unit.

               ANNEX VII

                  Numbering system of the EU type-approval certificate

                           1.

                           EU type-approval certificates shall be numbered in accordance with the method set out in this Annex.

                           2.

                           The EU type-approval number shall consist of a total of four sections for whole-vehicle type-approvals and five sections for type-approval of systems, components, and separate technical units as detailed below. In all cases, the sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).

                           2.1.

                           Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the EU type-approval, applicable for all type-approval numbers.

                                       1

                                       Germany

                                       2

                                       France

                                       3

                                       Italy

                                       4

                                       The Netherlands

                                       5

                                       Sweden

                                       6

                                       Belgium

                                       7

                                       Hungary

                                       8

                                       Czech Republic

                                       9

                                       Spain

                                       11

                                       United Kingdom

                                       12

                                       Austria

                                       13

                                       Luxembourg

                                       17

                                       Finland

                                       18

                                       Denmark

                                       19

                                       Romania

                                       20

                                       Poland

                                       21

                                       Portugal

                                       23

                                       Greece

                                       24

                                       Ireland

                                       25

                                       Croatia

                                       26

                                       Slovenia

                                       27

                                       Slovakia

                                       29

                                       Estonia

                                       32

                                       Latvia

                                       34

                                       Bulgaria

                                       36

                                       Lithuania

                                       49

                                       Cyprus

                                       50

                                       Malta

                           2.2.

                           Section 2: The number of the applicable Regulation or Commission Delegated Regulation.

                                       —

                                       in case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval ‘168/2013’ shall be indicated;

                                       —

                                       in the case of national small-series whole-vehicle type-approvals in accordance with Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the letters NKS in block capitals shall precede the ‘168/2013’;

                                       —

                                       in the case of a system, component or separate technical unit type-approval, the number of the corresponding Commission Delegated Regulation supplementing Regulation (EU) No 168/2013: ‘3/2014’, ‘44/2014’ or ‘134/2014’ shall be indicated.

                           2.3.

                           Section 3: the latest amending Commission Delegated Regulation (e.g. ‘RRR/2016’) followed by the identification code of the system, component or separate technical unit and the stage of implementation applicable to the type-approval according to Table 1 of point 5.:

                                       —

                                       In the case of EU whole-vehicle type-approval, section 3 shall be omitted;

                                       —

                                       In the case of EU type-approval of a system, component or separate technical unit, the number of the last amending Commission Delegated Regulation followed with an alphanumerical character as set out in Table 1 of point 5. to clearly identify the type of system, component or separate technical unit shall be indicated.

                           2.4.

                           Section 4: Sequential number for type-approval certificates.

                                       —

                                       A sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the type-approval number. The sequential number shall have five digits starting from ‘00001’.

                           2.5.

                           Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension number of the type-approval

                                       —

                                       a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each type-approval number issued.

                           3.

                           On the vehicle’s statutory plate(s) only, section 5 shall be omitted.

                           4.

                           Lay-out of the type-approval numbers (with fictive sequential numbers and fictive amending Commission Delegated Regulation number (‘RRR/2016’) for explanation purposes)
                           Example of a component/separate technical unit type-approval of an audible warning device, which has not yet been extended, issued by France:

                                       —

                                       e2*3/2014*3/2014N*00003*00
                                       —   e2= France (section 1)
                                       —   3/2014= Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014) (section 2)
                                       —   3/2014N= repeat the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014) to denote that it has not been amended and the letter ‘N’ to indicate that is an audible warning device (section 3)
                                       —   00003= type-approval sequential number (section 4)
                                       —   00= extension number (section 5)

                                 Example of a vehicle system type-approval of an engine emissions (Euro 4 stage), amended by another Commission Delegated Regulation RRR/2016 which has been extended twice, issued by the Bulgaria:

                                       —

                                       e34*134/2014*RRR/2016A1*00403*02
                                       —   e34= Bulgaria (section 1)
                                       —   134/2014= Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014) (section 2)
                                       —   RRR/2016A1= amending Commission Delegated Regulation number (RRR/2016) and the letter and number ‘A1’ to indicate that is a engine emissions (Euro 4 stage) (section 3)
                                       —   00403= type-approval sequential number (section 4)
                                       —   02= extension number (section 5)

                                 Example of a national small series whole vehicle type-approval, which has been extended once, issued by Austria and granted in accordance with Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013:

                                       —

                                       e12*NKS168/2013*00001*01
                                       —   e12= Austria (section 1)
                                       —   NKS168/2013= Regulation (EU) 168/2013 precede by the national small-series denominator (section 2)
                                       —   00001= type-approval sequential number (section 4)
                                       —   01= extension number (section 5)

                                 Example of a whole vehicle type-approval number, which has been extended five times, issued by the Netherlands:

                                       —

                                       e4*168/2013*10690*05
                                       —   e4= the Netherlands (section 1)
                                       —   168/2013= Regulation (EU) 168/2013 (section 2)
                                       —   10690= type-approval sequential number (section 4)
                                       —   05= extension number (section 5)

                              Table 1

                              Codification for the numbering system of EU type-approval certificates of systems, components and separate technical units

                                          LIST I — Environmental and propulsion unit performance requirements

                                       System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                                       Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No

                                       alphanumerical character

                                       System: engine emissions (Euro 4 stage)

                                       134/2014

                                       A1

                                       System: engine emissions (Euro 5 stage)

                                       134/2014

                                       A2

                                       System: evaporative emissions (point 1.4.1. to 1.4.3 of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       134/2014

                                       B1

                                       System: evaporative emissions (point 1.4.4. to 1.4.6 of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       134/2014

                                       B2

                                       System: evaporative emissions (point 1.4.7. to 1.4.8 of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       134/2014

                                       B3

                                       System: environmental on-board diagnostic (OBD Stage I: point 1.8.1. to 1.8.2 of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       134/2014

                                       C1

                                       System: environmental on-board diagnostic (OBD Stage II: point 1.8.3. of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       134/2014

                                       C2

                                       System: sound level

                                       134/2014

                                       D

                                       System: propulsion unit performance

                                       134/2014

                                       E

                                       STU: pollution-control device

                                       134/2014

                                       F

                                       STU: noise-abatement device

                                       134/2014

                                       G

                                       STU: exhaust device (pollution-control device and noise-abatement device)

                                       134/2014

                                       H

                                 Example of a type-approval number to be indicated on a vehicle’s statutory plate

                                       —

                                       e50*168/2013*20089
                                       —   e50= Malta (section 1)
                                       —   168/2013= Regulation (EU) 168/2013 (section 2)
                                       —   20089= type-approval sequential number (section 4)

                           5.

                                          LIST II — Vehicle functional safety requirements

                                       System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                                       Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No

                                       alphanumerical character

                                       System: braking

                                       3/2014

                                       J

                                       System: installation of lighting and light-signalling devices

                                       3/2014

                                       K

                                       System: roll-over protective structure (ROPS)

                                       3/2014

                                       L

                                       System: installation of tyres

                                       3/2014

                                       M

                                       Component(STU: audible warning device

                                       3/2014

                                       N

                                       Component/STU: non-glazing front windscreen

                                       3/2014

                                       O

                                       Component/STU: windscreen washer device

                                       3/2014

                                       P

                                       Component/STU: rearward visibility device

                                       3/2014

                                       Q

                                       Component/STU: safety belts

                                       3/2014

                                       R

                                       Component/STU: seating position (saddle/seat)

                                       3/2014

                                       S

                                          LIST III — Vehicle construction and general type-approval requirements

                                       System or component/separate technical unit (STU)

                                       Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No

                                       alphanumerical character

                                       System: functional on-board diagnostics (OBD Stage I: point 1.8.1. to 1.8.2 of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       44/2014

                                       T1

                                       System: functional on-board diagnostics (OBD Stage II: point 1.8.3. of Annex IV to Regulation (EU) 168/2013)

                                       44/2014

                                       T2

                                       STU: trailer coupling device

                                       44/2014

                                       U

                                       STU: devices to prevent unauthorised use

                                       44/2014

                                       V

                                       STU: passenger handholds

                                       44/2014

                                       W

                                       STU: footrests

                                       44/2014

                                       X

                                       STU: side-car

                                       44/2014

                                       Y

               ANNEX VIII

                  Format of test reports and template for the test results sheet

               1.   General requirements for the format of test reports

                           1.1.

                           For each of the regulatory acts listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, the test reports shall comply with the provisions of Standard EN ISO/IEC 17025:2005. In particular it shall include the information mentioned in point 5.10.2, including footnote (1) of that standard.

                           1.2.

                           The test reports shall be drawn up by the technical service in accordance with its rules of good practice.

                           1.3.

                           The test report shall be drafted in one of the official EU languages determined by the approval authority.

                           1.3.1.

                           Where a test has been is issued in another language than the office language(s) of the Member State handling the approval application, the approval authority may require the applicant to provide a certified translation of the test report.

                           1.4.

                           Only authenticated copies of a test report shall be submitted.

                           1.5.

                           The test reports shall include a description of the vehicle tested including its unambiguous identification. The parts having significant influence role in determining the test results shall be described and their identification number indicated.
                           Examples of parts include the noise-abatement devices for noise measurement and the engine management system (ECU) for measuring tailpipe emissions.
                           Moreover it shall include at least the following information:

                                       1.5.1.

                                       A detailed description of the characteristics of the vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit characteristics in connection with the regulatory act.

                                       1.5.2.

                                       Category, subcategory and sub-subcategory of vehicle tested.

                                       1.5.3.

                                       Tested vehicle sub-classification according to point 4.3. of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014.

                                       1.5.4.

                                       The information shall indicate the variant(s) and/or version(s) to which it applies. One version shall not have more than one test result. However, a combination of several test results per version, indicating the worst case, is permissible. In this case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst-case results are given.

                                       1.5.5.

                                       When the tests are conducted on a vehicle, system, component or technical unit which combines a number of least favourable features concerning the required performance level (the worst-case), the test report shall include a reference stating how the selection was made by the manufacturer in agreement with the technical service.

                                       1.5.6.

                                       Condition of the vehicle influencing the test, such as fitted accessories; actual masses; test voltage; tyre sizes; tyre pressures; etc.;

                                       1.5.7.

                                       Identification of the system, component or separate technical unit tested;

                                       1.5.8.

                                       Ambient conditions influencing the test: atmospheric pressure (kPa); relative humidity (%); ambient temperature (K); wind speed and direction on test track (km/h), etc.;

                                       1.5.9.

                                       The measurement results specified in the relevant regulatory acts and, where required, the limits or thresholds to be met;

                                       1.5.10.

                                       With regard to each measurement mentioned in point 1.5.5., the relevant decision: passed or failed;

                                       1.5.11.

                                       A detailed statement of compliance with the various provisions to be met, i.e. provisions for which measurements were not required.

                                       1.5.12.

                                       When test methods other than those prescribed in the regulatory acts are permitted, the report shall describe the test method used. The same applies when alternative provisions to those in the regulatory acts may be applied;

                                       1.5.13.

                                       The number of photographs to be taken during testing shall be decided by the technical service to the satisfaction of the approval authority. In the case of virtual testing, screen prints or other suitable evidence may replace photographs;

                                       1.5.14.

                                       Technical service and persons responsible for carrying out the test and their position in the organisation;

                                       1.5.15.

                                       Conclusions drawn up;

                                       1.5.16.

                                       When opinions, assumptions and interpretations have been made, they shall be documented properly and marked as such in the test report;

                     2.   Minimum information to be included in the test reports

               2.1.   In addition to the general requirements set out in point 1, the test reports shall contain as a minimum the information set out in point 2.2. This information can be grouped in an executive summary of the test report(s) applicable to the vehicle, system, component and separate technical unit, or be included in the test report(s) itself/themselves.
               2.2.   Minimum information of the test reports by subject (Annex II to Regulation (EU) 168/2013
               2.2.1.   (A)
                     Environmental and propulsion unit performance

               2.2.1.1.   Generic information on environmental performance

               The test report shall contain the following generic test data (only needed once per test type):
               2.2.1.1.1.   Description of propulsion, propulsion family and drive-train of test vehicle(s) (1): …
               2.2.1.1.2.   Environmental step of test vehicle: Euro 3, Euro 4, Euro 5 (1) (2)

               2.2.1.1.3.   Description of emission test bench(es), specifications and settings (1): …
               2.2.1.1.4.   Chassis/engine dynamometer(s) specifications (1): …
               2.2.1.1.5.   Inertia (reference) mass and running resistance settings for single/dual (2) roll chassis dynamometer (1): …
               2.2.1.1.6.   Comprehensive report of road test results for the determination of test bench settings, including coast down times for single/dual (2) roll chassis dynamometer (1): …
               2.2.1.1.7.   Applicable test type I driving schedule (ECE R40 (with/without EUDC), ECE R47, WMTC stage 1, WMTC stage 2, revised WMTC) (1) (2):
               2.2.1.1.8.   Description gearshift prescriptions for environmental testing (1): …
               2.2.1.2.   Test type I: requirements: tailpipe emissions after cold start

               The following items specific to test type I shall be provided (1):
               2.2.1.2.1.   Description of tested vehicle(s) (prototype(s) or series production, hardware and software levels, VIN) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.2.   Any deviations by test vehicle(s) from data provided in information document, Annex I: yes/no (1) (2). If yes, please provide list with deviations.
               2.2.1.2.3.   Type-approval number if not parent vehicle (1): …
               2.2.1.2.4.   Mileage(s) of test vehicle(s) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.5.   Test fuel(s) used (1): …
               2.2.1.2.6.   Description of test type I measurement methods for hybrid L-category vehicles referred to in Appendix 11 to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (1) …
               2.2.1.2.7.   Description of test type I measurement methods for gas-fuelled vehicles referred to in Appendix 12 to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (1) …
               2.2.1.2.8.   Description of test type I measurement methods for vehicles equipped with a periodically regenerating system referred to in Appendix 13 to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (1): …
               2.2.1.2.9.   Information on regeneration strategy (1):
               D (number of operating cycles between 2 cycles when regenerative phases occur) (1): …
               d (number of operating cycles required for regeneration) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.10.   Description of weighting of type I test results as referred to in point 6.1.1.5. of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 including equation number and weighting factors (1): …
               2.2.1.2.11.   Number of type I operating cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to type I test (Distance ‘D’ in Figure Ap13-1 in Appendix 13 to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.12.   Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur (1): …
               2.2.1.2.13.   Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.14.   Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in point 3.1. of Appendix 13 to Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014) (1): …
               2.2.1.2.15.   Test records according to point 7 of Annex II to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (1): …
               2.2.1.2.16.   Type I test results (1):

                  Table 5-1

                  Test type 1 results

                           Test Type I Test Results (TRTTIx)

                           Test No

                           CO

                           THC

                           NMHC

                           NOx

                           THC + NOx (9)

                           PM

                           TRTTI Measured x
                               (1)
                               (4) (mg/km)

                              1

                              2

                              3

                           TRTTI Measured x Mean
                               (1)
                               (4) (mg/km)

                           Ki
                               (1)
                               (5)
                               (7)

                           ( no unit )

                               (2)

                               (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                               (3)

                           Limit value Lx
                               (8) (mg/km)

                     2.2.1.3.   Test type II requirements: tailpipe emissions at (increased idle)/free acceleration

               2.2.1.3.1.   Details of test vehicle(s) if different from vehicle used for type I testing (1): (items 2.1.2.1.1. to 2.1.2.1.4. where different) (3): …
               2.2.1.3.2.   Description of propulsion idling activation method in case of stop-start system (1): …
               2.2.1.3.3.   Type II test results (1):

                  Table 5-2

                  Test type II results

                           Test

                           CO
                           (% vol.)

                           Lambda

                           Engine speed (min-)

                           Engine oil temperature (K)

                           Measured & corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)

                           PI: Low idle test

                           —

                           PI: High idle test

                           —

                           CI — Free acceleration test / Smoke opacity test results

                           —

                           —

                           —

                           —

                     2.2.1.4.   Test type III requirements: emissions of crank-case gases

               2.2.1.4.1.   Details of test vehicle(s) if different from vehicle used for type I testing (1): (items 2.1.2.1.1. to 2.1.2.1.4. where different) (3): …
               2.2.1.4.2.   Type of crank-case gas recycling system (breather system, positive crank-case ventilation system, other) (1)

               2.2.1.4.3.   System for recycling crank-case gases (description and drawings) (1): …
               2.2.1.4.4.   Test type III performance results (1):
               2.2.1.4.5.   Zero emissions from the crank-case gas system: yes/no (1) (2):
               2.2.1.5.   Type IV test requirements: evaporative emissions

               2.2.1.5.1.   Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.5.2.   List of ‘golden components’ used for evaporative emission testing complete with series, part and marking number (1): …
               2.2.1.5.3.   Fuel permeability test result (1): … mg/day.
               2.2.1.5.4.   If the approved L-category vehicle complies with the evaporative emission requirements of Euro 4, the manufacturer shall indicate the SHED laboratory test type IV results TRTTIVST in the table below. The SHED test results shall indicate both mg/test and % of LTTIVST (1)

               2.2.1.5.5.   Euro 4 evaporative emission test results (1)

                  Table 5-3

                  Euro 4 SHED test type IV results

                           Vehicle category

                           SHED test limit LTTIVST: Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) (mg/test)

                           SHED test result TRTTIVST: Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) (mg/test) & (% of LTTIVST)

                           L3e

                           L4e

                           L5e-A

                           LTTIVST: 2 000

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L6e-A

                           L7e-A

                     2.2.1.5.6.   If the approved L-category vehicle complies with the evaporative emission requirements of the Euro 5 step, the manufacturer shall provide (1):
               2.2.1.5.6.1.   The SHED laboratory test type IV results TRTTIVST to be indicated in the applicable part of the table below. The test results shall indicate both mg/test and % of LTTIVST (1)

               2.2.1.5.6.2.   The evaporative emissions test type IV results TRTTIVPT and TRTTIVPT to be indicated in the applicable part of the table below. The test results shall indicate both mg/m2/day and % of LTTIVPTftnk and % of LTTIVPTftbg (1)

               2.2.1.5.6.3.   Euro 5 evaporative emission test results (1)

                  Table 5-4

                  Euro 5 SHED or permeation test type IV results

                           Vehicle category

                           Permeation test
                           (mg/m2/day) & (% of LTTIVPT)

                           Mass of total Hydrocarbons (THC) in SHED test(mg/test) & (% of LTTIVST)

                           Fuel tank

                           Fuel tubing

                           Vehicle

                           L1e-A

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L1e-B

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L2e

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L3e

                           —

                           —

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           —

                           —

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L4e

                           —

                           —

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           —

                           —

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L5e-A

                           —

                           —

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           —

                           —

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L5e-B

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L6e-A

                           —

                           —

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           —

                           —

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L6e-B

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L7e-A

                           —

                           —

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           —

                           —

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L7e-B

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                           L7e-C

                           LTTIVPTftnk: 1 500

                           LTTIVPTftbg: 15 000

                           LTTIVST: 1 500

                           TRTTIVPTftnk:

                           TRTTIVPTftbg:

                           TRTTIVST:

                     2.2.1.6.   Test type V requirements: durability of pollution-control devices

               2.2.1.6.1.   Details of test vehicle(s), its powertrain and pollution-control devices explicitly documented and listed, emission test laboratory equipment and settings, if different from data reported under items 2.1.2.1.1. to 2.1.2.1.10 (1): …
               2.2.1.6.2.   Test type V carried out on: test track, on the road, on a chassis dynamometer (1)

               2.2.1.6.3.   The test type V data outcome and the correspondent test report shall vary in relation with the chosen durability procedure set out in Article 23(3) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, established as follows (1):
               2.2.1.6.3.1.   Test type V conducted according to Article 23(3a): full mileage accumulation (1)

               2.2.1.6.3.1.1.   Test cycle used (US EPA AMA cycle, SRC-LeCV) (1) (2): …
               2.2.1.6.3.1.2.   In the case of SRC-LeCV, applicable durability test cycle vehicle group, refer to Appendix 1 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (SRC-LeCV group No 1, 2, 3 or 4) (1) (2):
               2.2.1.6.3.1.3.   In the case of SRC-LeCV, amount of test type V soak procedures: …
               2.2.1.6.3.1.4.   In the case of US EPA AMA cycle, classification according to Appendix 2 to Annex V to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (class I, II or III) (1) (2).
               2.2.1.6.3.1.5.   Mileage test vehicle(s) (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.1.6.   Catalyst time-at-temperature data histogram (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.1.6.   List of maintenance and adjustments over mileage accumulation (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.1.7.   The collection of test type I results (1 to n), ( see 2.2.1.2.16.), the calculated slopes and offsets, and the calculated test type V results shall be entered in the table below (1).

                  Table 5-5

                  Test type V results in case of compliance with Article 23(3a) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           Test Type V Test Results (TRTTVx)

                           Test No

                           Accumulated mileage (km)

                           CO

                           THC

                           NMHC

                           NOx

                           THC + NOx (11)

                           PM

                           TRTTVx
                               (10) (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           1

                           100  km

                           TRTTVx
                               (10) (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           2

                           …

                           TRTTVx
                               (10) (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           3

                           …

                           TRTTVx
                               (10)
                               (13) (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           N

                               (12)

                           Limit value Lx
                               (14)

                     2.2.1.6.3.2.   Test type V conducted according to Article 23(3b): partial mileage accumulation (1).
               2.2.1.6.3.2.1.   Test cycle used (SRC-LeCV): yes/no (1) (2): …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.2.   Applicable SRC-LeCV durability test cycle vehicle group: refer to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (SRC-LeCV group No 1, 2, 3 or 4) (1) (2):
               2.2.1.6.3.2.3.   Amount of SRC-LeCV soak procedures (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.4.   Mileage test vehicle(s) (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.5.   Applied stop criteria: yes/no (1) (2), which: …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.6.   List of ‘golden components’ complete with series, part and marking number (1). …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.7.   List of ‘new components’ complete with series, part and marking number (1). …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.8.   Catalyst time-at-temperature data histogram (1): …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.9.   List of maintenance and adjustments over mileage accumulation (1). …
               2.2.1.6.3.2.10.   The collection of test type I results (1 to n), (see 2.2.1.2.16.), the calculated slopes and offsets, and the calculated test type V results shall be entered in the table below (1).

                  Table 5-6

                  Test type V results in case of compliance with Article 23(3b) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           Test Type V Test Results (TRTTV)

                           Test No

                           Accumulated mileage (km)

                           CO

                           THC

                           NMHC

                           NOx

                           THC + NOx

                           PM

                           TRTTV1x
                               (15) (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           1

                           100  km

                           Slope a (16) (no unit)

                           Offset b (16) (no unit)

                               (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           N

                           Limit value Lx
                               (18) (mg/km)

                                       (iii)

                                       > 50 % of final mileage set out in Annex VII(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                     2.2.1.6.3.3.   Test type V conducted according to Article 23(3c) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, mathematical durability procedure (1).
               2.2.1.6.3.3.1.   The Test Type I results of a vehicle with a mileage of 100 km or more, (see 2.2.1.2.16.), and the applicable deterioration factors set out in Annex VII(B) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 shall be entered in the table below along with the calculated test type V results (1).

                  Table 5-7

                  Test type V results in case of compliance with Article 23(3c) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           Test Type V Test Results (TRTTV)

                           Accumulated mileage (km)

                           CO

                           THC

                           NMHC
                           (mg/km)

                           NOx
                           (mg/km)

                           THC + NOx
                           (mg/km)

                           PM
                           (mg/km)

                           TRTTV1x
                               (19)
                               (20)

                           100  km

                           Deterioration Factor DFx
                               (21) (no unit)

                               (mg/km) & (% of Lx)

                           Limit value Lx
                               (22) (mg/km)

                     2.2.1.7.   Test type VI has not been assigned; consequently there are no results to be submitted

               2.2.1.8.   Test type VII requirements: measurement of CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range determination

               2.2.1.8.1.   Details of test vehicle(s), its powertrain and pollution-control devices explicitly documented and listed, emission test laboratory equipment and settings if different from data reported under items 2.1.2.1.1. to 2.1.2.1.10 (1) …
               2.2.1.8.2.   Documentation added according to UNECE Regulation No 101 (OJ L 138, 26.5.2012, p. 1): yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.8.3.   The vehicle manufacturer has ensured that the CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range data are provided to the buyer of the vehicle at the time of purchase of a new vehicle: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.8.4.   A completed specimen of the test type VII result format used to inform the buyer of the new vehicle is added to the information document: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.8.5.   Type VII test results, where applicable and for each reference fuel tested (1):
               2.2.1.8.6.   CO2 emissions and fuel consumption (1)

                  Table 5-8

                  Test Type VII result table for propulsions equipped with a combustion engine only or equipped with not-externally-chargeable (NOVC) hybrid electric propulsion

                           Test Type VII Test Results (TRTTVII)

                           Test No

                           CO2

                           (g/km)

                           Fuel consumption (l/100 km) or (kg/100 km)

                           TRTTI Measured x
                               (23)
                               (24)

                           1

                           2

                           3

                           TRTTI Measured Mean
                               (23)
                               (24)

                           Ki
                               (23)
                               (25)
                               (27)

                           ( no unit )

                     2.2.1.8.7.   CO2 emissions/fuel consumption (manufacturer’s declared values) (1)

               Electric energy consumption and electric range (1):

                  Table 5-9

                  Test Type VII result table for pure electric propulsion or not-externally-chargeable (NOVC) propulsions equipped with an electric motor for propulsion

                           Measured electric energy consumption (Wh/km)

                           Measured electric range (km)

                           Pure electric powertrain

                           NOVC hybrid electric powertrain

                     Electric energy consumption and electric range (1):

                  Table 5-10

                  Test Type VII result table for an OVC (externally chargeable) propulsion equipped with an electric motor for propulsion

                           OVC (externally chargeable) hybrid electric or hybrid powertrain

                           CO2

                           (g/km)

                           Fuel consumption (l/100 km)

                           Measured electric energy consumption (Wh/km)

                           Measured electric range (km)

                           Condition A, combined

                           Condition B, combined

                           Weighted, combined

                           Pure electric range

                           —

                           —

                     For L2e, L5e-B, L6e-B and L7e vehicles equipped with a passenger compartment; the maximum electrical consumption owing to auxiliary heating such as heating systems for the passenger compartment/seats/other (1) (2): … kW
               2.2.1.9.   Test type VIII requirements: environmental on-board diagnostic (OBD)

               2.2.1.9.1.   Details of test vehicle(s), its powertrain and pollution-control devices explicitly documented and listed, emission test laboratory equipment and settings, if different from data reported under items 2.1.2.1.1. to 2.1.2.1.10 (1): …
               2.2.1.9.2.   The manufacturer shall enter the emission laboratory test type VIII results TRTTVIIIx in the table below (both in mg/km and in % of TRTTVIIIx) (1): …
               2.2.1.9.3.   Test type VIII Euro 4 OBD environmental results (1)

                  Table 5-11

                  Euro 4 OBD thresholds and environmental test results in case of malfunction

                           Vehicle category

                           Propulsion class

                           OBD Thresholds (OTx) / OBD Test results (TRTTVIIIx) x = 1 to 3

                           Mass of carbon monoxide (CO)

                           Mass of total hydrocarbons(THC)

                           Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NOx)

                           L6e-A

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 3 610

                           OT2: 2 690

                           OT3: 850

                           TRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1:

                           TRTTVIII2:

                           TRTTVIII3:

                           L3e
                           L4e
                           L5e-A
                           L7e-A

                           PI / PI Hybrid
                           vmax < 130 km/h

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 2 170

                           OT2: 1 400

                           OT3: 350

                           TRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1

                           TRTTVIII2

                           TRTTVIII3

                           PI / PI Hybrid
                           vmax ≥ 130 km/h

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 2 170

                           OT2: 630

                           OT3: 450

                           TRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1:

                           TRTTVIII2:

                           TRTTVIII3:

                           CI / CI Hybrid

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 2 170

                           OT2: 630

                           OT3: 900

                           OTRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1:

                           TRTTVIII2:

                           TRTTVIII3:

                     2.2.1.9.4.   Test type VIII Euro 5 OBD emission verification results (1)

                  Table 5-12

                  Euro 5 OBD thresholds and environmental test results in case of malfunction

                           Vehicle category

                           Propulsion class

                           OBD Thresholds (OTx) / OBD test results (TRTTVIIIx) x = 1 to 3

                           Mass of carbon-monoxide (CO)

                           Mass of non-methane hydrocar-bons (NMHC)

                           Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NOx)

                           Mass of particulate matter (PM)

                           L3e — L7e

                           PI / PI Hybrid

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 1 900

                           OT2: 250

                           OT3: 300

                           OT4: 50

                           TRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1:

                           TRTTVIII2B:

                           TRTTVIII3:

                           TRTTVIII4:

                           CI / CI Hybrid

                           OTx

                           (mg / km)

                           OT1: 1 900

                           OT2: 320

                           OT3: 540

                           OT4: 50

                           TRTTVIIIx

                           (mg / km) & (% of OTx)

                           TRTTVIII1:

                           TRTTVIII2:

                           TRTTVIII3:

                           TRTTVIII4:

                     2.2.1.10.   Test type IX requirements: sound level

               2.2.1.10.1.   Details of test vehicle(s), its powertrain and noise-abatement control devices explicitly documented and listed, test equipment and settings (1): …
               2.2.1.10.2.   The approved L-category vehicle complies with UNECE Regulation No 9: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.10.3.   The approved L-category vehicle complies with UNECE Regulation No 41: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.10.4.   The approved L-category vehicle complies with UNECE Regulation No 63: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.10.5.   The replacements noise-abatement device(s) for the approved L-category vehicle comply with UNECE Regulation No 92: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.10.6.   The approved L-category vehicle complies with the test requirements of Annex IX to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 and the administrative requirements of the equivalent UNECE Regulations have been included with the information document as set out in table 5-13 of Annex VIII: yes/no (1) (2)

               2.2.1.10.7.   Replacement noise-abatement device(s) make(s) and type(s) (1): …
               2.2.1.10.8.   Location of the type-approval number (add drawings, photographs) (1): …
               2.2.1.10.9.   The test results shall be reported according to the administrative requirements set out in the table below (1):

                  Table 5-13

                  Test result requirements regarding sound level

                           Sound emission level

                           Euro 4

                           Euro 5

                              Sound level limits

                           Annex VI(D) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           Equivalent UNECE sound level limits to Annex VI(D) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           Annex VI(D) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                              Test requirements

                           Annex VIII to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           UNECE Regulations referred to in Annex VI(D) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                           UNECE Regulations referred to in Annex VI(D) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                              Administrative requirements for vehicle subcategories regarding sound level:

                              Vehicle (sub)categories

                              L1e, L6e-A

                           Annex I to UNECE Regulation No 63

                           UNECE Regulation No 63

                              L3e, L4e

                           Annex I to UNECE Regulation No 41

                           UNECE Regulation No 41

                              L2e, L5e, L6e-B, L7e

                           Annex I to UNECE Regulation No 9

                           UNECE Regulation No 9

                              Replacement exhaust noise-abatement devices all categories

                           Annex I to UNECE Regulation No 92

                           UNECE Regulation No 92

                     2.2.1.10.10.   In addition the manufacturer shall enter the test type IX results TRTTIX in the table below where applicable (both in dB(A) and in % of SLEUx) (1):
               2.2.1.10.11.   Euro 4 or Euro 5 sound test results (1)

                  Table 5-14

                  Sound level test results Euro 4 or Euro 5

                           Vehicle category

                           Propulsion class

                           Euro 4 sound level limit SLEU4 (dB(A)) / Euro 4 test results TRTTIXEU4 (dB(A))& (% of SLEU4)

                           Euro 4 sound test procedure

                           Euro 5 sound level limit SLEU5 (dB(A)) / Euro 5 test results TRTTIXEU5 (dB(A)) & (% of SLEU5)

                           Euro 5 sound test procedure

                           L1e-A

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 63

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 63

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 63

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L1e-B

                           PI / CI / Hybrid vmax ≤ 25 km/h

                           SLEU4: 66

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           PI / CI / Hybrid vmax ≤ 45 km/h

                           SLEU4: 71

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L2e

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 76

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 9

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 9

                           STREU4:

                           STREU5:

                           L3e

                           PI / CI / Hybrid Engine capacity ≤ 80 cm3

                           SLEU4: 75

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 41

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 41

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           PI / CI / Hybrid 80 cm3 < Engine capacity ≤ 175 cm3

                           SLEU4: 77

                           SLEU5:

                           STREU4:

                           STREU5:

                           PI / CI / Hybrid Engine capacity > 175 cm3

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L4e

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L5e-A

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 9

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 9

                           STREU4:

                           STREU5:

                           L5e-B

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           STREU4:

                           STREU5:

                           L6e-A

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 63

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 63

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L6e-B

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 Annex VIII / UNECE Regulation No 9

                           SLEU5:

                           UNECE Regulation No 9

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L7e-A

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L7e-B

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4:

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                           L7e-C

                           PI / CI / Hybrid

                           SLEU4: 80

                           SLEU5:

                           TRTTIXEU4

                           TRTTIXEU5:

                     2.2.1.10.12.   Replacement noise-abatement device(s) make(s) and type(s) (1):
               2.2.1.10.13.   Location of the type-approval number (add drawings, photographs) (1):
               2.2.1.11.   Propulsion unit performance test results

               2.2.1.11.1.   Propulsion unit performance data to be provided to measure/determine the maximum vehicle design speed (1)

               2.2.1.11.1.1.   Details of hardware and software of test vehicle(s), fitted components and accessories referred to in Annex X to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014, Any deviations by test vehicle(s) from data provided in information document, Annex I: yes/no (1) (2). If yes, please provide list with deviations relevant for measuring the maximum vehicle design speed and gear in which it was reached (1): …
               2.2.1.11.1.2.   Test mass in running order (1): mass plus rider/driver (2): …
               2.2.1.11.1.3.   Test fuel specifications (1): …
               2.2.1.11.1.4.   Powertrain lubricant specifications (1): …
               2.2.1.11.1.5.   Atmospheric pressure (1): … kPa
               2.2.1.11.1.6.   Relative humidity (1): … %
               2.2.1.11.1.7.   Ambient temperature (1): … K
               2.2.1.11.1.8.   Wind speed and direction on test track (1): … km/h
               2.2.1.11.1.9.   Test track condition (temperature, level of moisture etc.) (1): …
               2.2.1.11.1.10.   Maximum vehicle design speed measured and gear in which it is reached (1): … km/h at … min-1 in gear no: …
               2.2.1.11.1.11.   Maximum vehicle design speed
               2.2.1.11.1.12.   Exemption L3e-A3 and L4e-A3 vehicles; maximum vehicle design speed declared by manufacturer (1): … km/h at … min-1 in gear no: …
               2.2.1.11.2.   Propulsion unit performance data to be provided to measure/determine the torque and power of the propulsion on the engine dynamometer (1)

               2.2.1.11.2.1.   Details of propulsion(s) hardware and software tested, test equipment and settings relevant for propulsion unit performance measurements on engine dynamometer tests (1): …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.1.   List of components and part numbers/markings relevant for propulsion unit performance measurement on engine dynamometer, referred to in Annex X to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014 (1)

               2.2.1.11.2.1.2.   Test fuel (1): …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.3.   Powertrain lubricant specifications (1): …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.4.   Atmospheric pressure (1): … kPa
               2.2.1.11.2.1.5.   Relative humidity (1): … %
               2.2.1.11.2.1.6.   Ambient temperature (1): … K
               2.2.1.11.2.1.7.   Correction factor for reference atmospheric conditions α1 (1): …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.8.   Correction factor for the efficiency of the transmission α2 (1): …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.9.   Engine cooling temperature (1): … K
               2.2.1.11.2.1.10.   Oil temperature at measuring point (1): … K
               2.2.1.11.2.1.11.   Exhaust temperature (1): … K
               2.2.1.11.2.1.12.   The manufacturer shall indicate the propulsion unit performance test results below (1):
               2.2.1.11.2.1.13.   Maximum permitted combustion engine/electric motor/propulsion (1) (2) rotation speed: … min-1

               2.2.1.11.2.1.14.   Maximum net power combustion engine (1): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.15.   Maximum net torque combustion engine (1): … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.16.   Maximum continuous-rated power electric motor (1): … kW at … min-1

               2.2.1.11.2.1.17.   Maximum continuous-rated torque electric motor (1): … Nm at … min-1

               2.2.1.11.2.1.18.   Maximum current e-motor at maximum continuous-rated power (1): … A
               2.2.1.11.2.1.19.   Maximum continuous total power for propulsion(s) (1): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.20.   Maximum continuous total torque for propulsion(s) (1): … Nm at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.21.   Maximum peak power for propulsion(s) (1): … kW at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.22.   Power/mass in running order ratio (1): … kW/kg at … min-1 at A/F ratio: …
               2.2.1.11.2.1.23.   Specific fuel consumption, g/kWh at maximum net power and power (1):
               2.2.1.11.2.1.24.   Propulsion unit performance sweep graphs of total power and torque vs. engine speed (1 200 rpm to propulsion speed governor rpm, step 400 rpm). Secondary variables: spark angle, A/F ratio and mass air-flow (measured or calculated) (1):
               2.2.1.11.2.1.25.   Maximum speed of vehicle and gear in which it is reached … km/h) (only for subcategories: L1e, L2e, L6e, L7e-B1, L7e-C) (1)

               2.2.1.11.2.1.26.   Maximum declared vehicle speed: … km/h) (only for subcategories without maximum vehicle speed limitation: L3e, L4e, L5e, L7e-A and L7e-B2) (1)

               2.2.2.   (B)
                     Functional safety test reports

               2.2.2.1.   Front and rear protective structures

               2.2.2.1.1.   Description and justification of the relevant provisions against which the vehicles has been assessed (1): …
               2.2.2.2.   Driver-operated controls including identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

               2.2.2.2.1.   Detailed list of controls, tell-tales, tell-tales colours and indicators of the vehicle (1): …
               2.2.2.2.2.   Assessment of the visibility (1): …
               2.2.2.3.   Installation of lighting and light-signalling devices, including automatic light switching

               2.2.3.1.   Specific test conditions (e.g. indicator-bulb malfunction) (1): …
               2.2.2.4.   Safety belt anchorages and safety belts

               2.2.2.4.1.   Description and justification of the relevant provisions against which the vehicle has been assessed (1): …
               2.2.2.5.   Installation of tyres

               2.2.2.5.1.   Maximum tyre envelope sizes applied for the clearance assessment (1): …
               2.2.2.6.   Vehicle occupant protection, including interior fittings and vehicle doors

               2.2.2.6.1.   Values of radii measurement of interior projections in sufficient detail (1): …
               2.2.2.7.   Maximum continuous total power and/or maximum vehicle speed limitation by design

               2.2.2.7.1.   Maximum vehicle speed and/or maximum continuous total power for vehicles equipped with PI/CI combustion engine limited by (1):

                           (a)

                           the properties, timing or presence of the spark igniting the fuel/air mixture in the cylinder(s): yes/no (1) (2)

                           (b)

                           the amount of air intake of the engine: yes/no (1) (2)

                           (c)

                           the amount of fuel intake of the engine: yes/no (1) (2)

                           (d)

                           the mechanically-controlled output rotation speed of the drive-train, such as clutch, transmission or final drive: yes/no (1) (2)

                     2.2.2.7.2.   Maximum vehicle speed and/or maximum power shall be limited by means of two or more of the following, for vehicles which are propelled by means of one or more electric motors, including pure and hybrid electric vehicles:

                           (a)

                           reduction of the maximum power output of one or more electric motors based on the vehicle or rotation speed as sensed internally to the electric motor: yes/no (1) (2)

                           (b)

                           reduction of the maximum power output of one or more electric motors based on the actual vehicle speed as sensed fully externally to the electric motor: yes/no (1) (2)

                           (c)

                           physical vehicle speed limitation by means of internal or external components such as a maximum achievable revolution speed of an electric motor: yes/no (1) (2)

                     2.2.2.7.3.   Maximum vehicle speed and/or maximum power shall be limited by means of two or more of the following, for vehicles which are propelled by other means than those referred to in 2.2.7.1. and 2.2.7.2. (1): …
               2.2.3.   (C)
                     Vehicle construction test reports

               2.2.3.1.   Arrangements for type-approval procedures (1)

                           Delegated act reference

                           Annex No

                           Virtual and/or self-testing

                           Subject

                           Restrictions / Comments

                           Applied

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 134/2014

                           IX

                           Self-testing

                           Testing procedures on maximum vehicle design speed

                           Only for subcategories L3e-A3, L4e-A3 and L5e and does not include any other propulsion unit performance testing.

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                           II

                           Self-testing

                           Audible warning devices

                           Installation only

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                           VIII

                           Self-testing

                           Driver-operated controls including identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

                           Speedometer only

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                           IX

                           Virtual testing

                           Installation of lighting and light- signalling devices

                           Dimensions only

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                           X

                           Virtual testing

                           Rearward visibility

                           Installation only;
                           only according to UNECE Regulation No 81

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 3/2014

                           XIV

                           Virtual testing

                           Installation of tyres

                           Only where clearance exceeds 10 mm.

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014

                           XIV

                           Self & virtual testing

                           Registration plate space

                           yes/no

                           Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 44/2014

                           XVI

                           Self-testing

                           Stands

                           Only point 2.5. stand retention systems.

                           yes/no

                           This Commission Implementing Regulation

                           VIII

                           Self-testing

                           Statutory plate and EU type-approval mark

                           yes/no

                     2.2.3.2.   Requirements applying to coupling devices and attachments

               2.2.3.2.1.   Dynamic strength test (endurance test) coupling ball and/or head: passed/failed (1) (2)

               2.2.3.2.2.   Test results dynamic strength test (endurance test) (1): …
               2.2.3.3.   Requirements applying to external projections

               2.2.3.3.1.   Values of radii measurement of exterior projections in sufficient detail (1): …
               2.2.3.3.2.   Description and justification of the relevant provisions against which the vehicle has been assessed (1):
               2.2.3.4.   On-board diagnostics (OBD) functional requirements (1)

                           Component

                           Diagnostic trouble code

                           Monitoring strategy

                           Fault detection criteria

                           MI activation criteria

                           Secondary parameters

                           Precondi-tioning

                           Demonstration test

                           Default mode

                           Catalyst

                           P0420

                           Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals

                           Difference between sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals

                           3rd cycle

                           Engine speed, engine load, A/F mode, catalyst temperature

                           Two Type I cycles

                           Type I

                           None

                     2.2.3.5.   Stands

               2.2.3.5.1.   Detailed description and assessment of the system used to prevent propulsion of the vehicle when the stand is in use: …
               3.   Test results sheet

               3.1.   The test-results sheet appended to the EU type-approval certificate, as set out in Article 30(3) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013 shall have the structure and contain the information established in point 2.2. of this Annex.

                  Explanatory notes relating to Annex VIII:
               (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the test report or the test results sheet)

                  (1)  If applicable.

                  (2)  Delete where not applicable (no deletion required when more than one entry is applicable)

                  (1)  Where applicable.

                  (2)  Not applicable.

                  (3)  Mean value calculated by adding mean values (M · Ki) calculated for THC and NOx.

                  (4)  Round to 2 decimal places.

                  (5)  Round to 4 decimal places.

                  (6)  Round to 0 decimal places

                  (7)  Set Ki = 1 in case:

                           (a)

                           the vehicle is
                                 not
                               equipped with a periodically regenerating emission abatement system or;

                           (b)

                           the vehicle is
                                 not
                               a hybrid electric vehicle.

                  (8)  Test limit x set out in Annex VI(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. x = 1 to 4 and refers to the numbering of the pollutant constituents in Annex VI(A), e.g. the Euro 4 limit for CO is referred to as L1, the limit for THC is referred to as L2, the limit for NOx as L3 and the limit for PM as L4.

                  (9)  The individual THC and NOx measurement values shall also be filled out in this list.

                  (3)  Indicate the upper and lower values for each variant.

                  (10)  Where applicable.

                  (11)  The individual THC and NOx measurement values shall also be entered in this list.

                  (12)  Final mileage set out in Annex VII(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013

                  (13)  Round to 0 decimal places

                  (14)  Test limit x set out in Annex VI(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. x = 1 to 4 and refers to the numbering of the pollutant constituents in Annex VI(A); e.g. the Euro 4 limit for CO is referred to as L1, the limit for THC is referred to as L2, the limit for NOx as L3 and the limit for PM as L4.

                  (15)  Where applicable.

                  (16)  Round to two decimal places.

                  (17)  Round to 0 decimal places

                  (18)  Test limit x set out in Annex VI(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013. x = 1 to 4 and refers to the numbering of the pollutant constituents in Annex VI(A); e.g. the Euro 4 limit for CO is referred to as L1, the limit for THC is referred to as L2, the limit for NOx as L3 and the limit for PM as L4.

                  (19)  Where applicable.

                  (20)  Round to 0 decimal places.

                  (21)  Fixed deterioration factors set out in Annex VII(B) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013; x = 1 to 4 and refers to the numbering of the pollutant constituents in Annex VI(A); e.g. the Euro 4 limit for CO is referred to as L1, the limit for THC is referred to as L2, the limit for NOx as L3 and the limit for PM as L4

                  (22)  Test limit x set out in Annex VI(A) to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, x refers to the pollutant constituent numbering as explained under (iii)

                  (23)  Where applicable.

                  (24)  Round to 2 decimal places.

                  (25)  Round to 4 decimal places.

                  (26)  Round to 0 decimal places

                  (27)  Set Ki = 1 in case:

                           (a)

                           the vehicle is
                                 not
                               equipped with a periodically regenerating emission abatement system or;

                           (b)

                           the vehicle is
                                 not
                               a hybrid electric vehicle.

               ANNEX IX

                  Template and numbering system for the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

               LIST OF APPENDICES

                           Appendix Number

                           Appendix title

                           Page

                           1

                           Model of the EU type-approval authorisation certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                           200

                     1.   General requirements

                           1.1.

                           The placing on the market of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance shall be subject to authorisation in accordance with Article 51(3) of Regulation (EU) No 168/2013.

                           1.2.

                           Such authorisation shall take the form of a certificate, a model of which is contained in Appendix 1, and the numbering system of which is described in point 2.

                           1.3.

                           The certificate set out in point 1.2. shall include prescriptions for construction safety and functional safety, as well as for environmental protection and, where needed, for testing standards. They may be based on the Commission Delegated Regulations listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 168/2013, may be developed according to the relevant state of safety, environmental and testing technology, or, if this is an appropriate way of achieving the required safety or environmental objectives, may consist of a comparison of the part or equipment with the environmental or safety performance of the original vehicle, or of any of its parts, as appropriate.

                           1.4.

                           This Annex shall not be applicable to a part or piece of equipment before it is listed in Annex X. For any entry or group of entries in Annex X, a reasonable transitional period shall be fixed to allow the manufacturer of the part or equipment to apply for and obtain an authorisation. At the same time a date may be fixed, where appropriate, to exclude parts and equipment designed for vehicles type- approved before that date from the application of this Annex.

                     2.   Numbering system

                           2.1.

                           The number of the certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems shall consist of a total of five sections as detailed below. The sections shall be separated by an asterisk (‘*’).

                           2.1.1.

                           Section 1: The lower-case letter ‘e’ followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State (given in point 2.1 of Annex VII) issuing the certificate.

                           2.1.2.

                           Section 2: The number of Regulation (EU) 168/2013: ‘168/2013’ shall be indicated.

                           2.1.3.

                           Section 3: The identification of the part or component, according to the list in Annex X.

                                       —

                                       for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle’s construction safety and/or functional safety, this means the symbol ‘I’ followed by the ‘/’character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from table 10-1 in Annex X. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.

                                       —

                                       for parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle, this means the symbol ‘II’ followed by the ‘/’character and the correspondent ‘Item No’ from table 10-2 in Annex X. The ‘Item No’ shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.

                           2.1.4.

                           Section 4: Sequential number for the certificate.

                                       —

                                       a sequential number with leading zeros (as applicable), to denote the certificate number. The sequential number shall have three digits and start from ‘001’.

                           2.1.5.

                           Section 5: Sequential number to denote the extension of the certificate.

                                       —

                                       a two-digit sequential number, with leading zero as applicable, starting from ‘00’ for each certificate number issued.

                           2.2.

                           Format of the numbering of a certificate (with fictive sequential numbers for explanation purposes).
                           Example of the number of a certificate issued by Bulgaria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013:

                                       —

                                       e34*168/2013*II/002*148*00

                                                   —

                                                   e34

                                                   =

                                                   Bulgaria (section 1)

                                                   —

                                                   168/2013

                                                   =

                                                   Regulation (EU) 168/2013 (section 2)

                                                   —

                                                   II/002

                                                   =

                                                   Item 002 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle (section 3)

                                                   —

                                                   148

                                                   =

                                                   certificate sequential number (section 4)

                                                   —

                                                   00

                                                   =

                                                   extension number (section 5)

                                 Example of the number of a certificate issued by Austria for parts or equipment integrated in a vehicle type-approved according to Regulation (EU) No 168/2013, which has been extended once:

                                       —

                                       e12*168/2013*I/034*225*01

                                                   —

                                                   e12

                                                   =

                                                   Austria (section 1)

                                                   —

                                                   168/2013

                                                   =

                                                   Regulation (EU) 168/2013 (section 2)

                                                   —

                                                   I/034

                                                   =

                                                   Item 034 on the list of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle’s construction safety and/or functional safety (section 3)

                                                   —

                                                   225

                                                   =

                                                   certificate sequential number (section 4)

                                                   —

                                                   01

                                                   =

                                                   extension number (section 5)

                  Appendix 1

                     Model of the EU type-approval authorisation certificate for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

                     EU authorisation certificate

                  MODEL

                     Format: A4 (210 × 297 mm)

                     EU AUTHORISATION CERTIFICATE

                              Stamp of approval authority

                        Communication concerning the

                                          —

                                          authorisation certificate(1)

                                          —

                                          extension of authorisation certificate(1)

                                          —

                                          refusal of authorisation certificate(1)

                                          —

                                          withdrawal of authorisation certificate(1)

                              for the placing on the market and entry into service of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or for its environmental performance

                     SECTION I

                  Kind of part/equipment. …
                  Part/equipment (1) numbers: …
                  EU authorisation certificate number: …
                  Reason for extension: …
                  Name and address of manufacturer: …
                  Name(s) and address(es) of manufacture plant(s): …
                  Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): …

                     SECTION II

                  The part/equipment (1) is specifically intended for installation on the following vehicle(s):
                  Make (trade name of manufacturer): …
                  Type(s) (2): …
                  Variant(s) (2): …
                  Version(s) (2): …

                     SECTION III

                  Prescriptions for:

                              (a)

                              vehicle construction safety (1): …

                              (b)

                              vehicle functional safety (1): …

                              (c)

                              vehicle environmental protection (1): …

                              (d)

                              testing standards (1): …

                     SECTION IV

                  Prescriptions based on:

                              (a)

                              Annex(es) (3) … to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…, (and Annex(es) (3) …(a) to Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No …/…) (1) as last amended by (Commission Delegated) (1) Regulation (EU) No …/… (1) (4)

                              (b)

                              a comparison of the part/equipment (1) with the safety/environmental (1) performance of the original vehicle/parts of the original vehicle (1) (explain) (1): …

                     SECTION V — TECHNICAL SERVICE

                  Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: …
                  Date of test report: …
                  Number of test report: …

                     SECTION VI

                  The part /equipment (1) does not/does (1) impair the functioning of those systems that are essential for the safety of the vehicle or its environmental performance.
                  The authorisation certificate is granted/extended/refused/withdrawn (1)

                  Place: …
                  Date: …
                  Name and signature (or visual representation of an ‘advanced electronic signature’ according to Directive 1999/93/EC, including data for verification): …
                  Attachments:

                              —

                              Test report

                     Explanatory notes to Appendix 1

                  (Footnotes and explanations not to be stated on the certificate)

                     (1)  Delete where not applicable.

                     (2)  Indicate the alphanumeric code Type-Variant-Version or ‘TVV’ allocated to each type, variant and version as set out in point 2.3 of Part B of Annex I.

                     (3)  The Roman numeral of the relevant Annex to the Commission Delegated Regulation or multiple Roman numerals of the relevant Annexes to the same Commission Delegated Regulation.

                     (4)  Indicate the latest amendment of the Commission Delegated Regulation according to the amendment applied for the EU type-approval.

               ANNEX X

                  List of parts or equipment which may pose a serious risk to the correct functioning of essential systems

               I.   Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the vehicle’s construction safety and/or functional safety

                  Table 10-1

                  List of parts or equipment having a significant impact on vehicle safety

                           Item No

                           Item description

                           Performance requirement

                           Test procedure

                           Marking requirement

                           Packaging requirements

                           001

                           […]

                           002

                           003

                     II.   Parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle

                  Table 10-2

                  List of parts or equipment having a significant impact on the environmental performance of the vehicle

                           Item No

                           Item description

                           Performance requirement

                           Test procedure

                           Marking requirement

                           Packaging requirements

                           001

                           […]

                           002

                           003